Patent Application
20230159956
The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The ASCII copy, created on Apr. 23, 2021, is named 52885-729_601_SL.txt and is 732,672 bytes in size.
For most known genetic diseases, correction of a point mutation in the target locus, rather than stochastic disruption of the gene, is needed to study or address the underlying cause of the disease. Current genome editing technologies utilizing the clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeat (CRISPR) system introduce double-stranded DNA breaks at a target locus as the first step to gene correction. In response to double-stranded DNA breaks, cellular DNA repair processes mostly result in random insertions or deletions (indels) at the site of DNA cleavage through non-homologous end joining. Although most genetic diseases arise from point mutations, current approaches to point mutation correction are inefficient and typically induce an abundance of random insertions and deletions (indels) at the target locus resulting from the cellular response to dsDNA breaks. Therefore, there is a need for an improved form of genome editing that is more efficient and with far fewer undesired products such as stochastic insertions or deletions (indels) or translocations.
Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency (A1AD) is a genetic disease in which pathogenic mutations in the SERPINA1 gene that encodes the alpha-1 antitrypsin (A1AT) protein lead to diminished protein production in individuals having the disease. A1AT is a particularly good inhibitor of neutrophil elastase and protects tissues and organs such as the lung from elastin degradation. Consequently, elastin in the lungs of patients having A1AD is degraded more readily by neutrophil elastase, and over time, the loss in lung elasticity develops into chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). In healthy individuals, A1AT is produced by hepatocytes within the liver and is secreted into systemic circulation where the protein functions as a protease inhibitor.
The most common pathogenic A1AT variant is a Guanine to Adenine (G→A) mutation in the SERPINA1 gene, which results in a glutamate to lysine substitution at amino acid 342 of the A1AT protein. This substitution causes the protein to misfold and polymerize within hepatocytes, and ultimately, the toxic aggregates can lead to liver injury and cirrhosis. While the liver toxicity might potentially be addressed by a gene knockout (CRISPR/ZFN/TALEN) or gene knockdown (siRNA), neither of these approaches addresses the pulmonary pathology. Although pulmonary pathology may be addressed with protein replacement therapy, this therapy fails to address the liver toxicity. Gene therapy also would be inadequate to address the A1AT genetic defect. Because the livers of patients with A1AD are already under a severe disease burden caused by the endogenous A1 AT aggregation, gene therapy that increases A1AT in the liver would be counterproductive. Therefore, there is a need for a method of treating patients with A1AD that addresses both the lung pathology and the liver toxicity which accompany the disease.
All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. Absent any indication otherwise, publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
As described herein, compositions and methods for the precise correction of pathogenic amino acids in a protein associated with a disease or disorder using a programmable nucleobase editor are provided. In a particular aspect, the described compositions and methods are useful for the treatment of alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD). In an embodiment, the described compositions and methods for treating A1AD utilize an adenosine (A) base editor (ABE-(NGC variant)) to precisely correct a deleterious, single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in the endogenous SERPINA1 gene. In an embodiment, the compositions and methods correct the deleterious mutation, E342K, which affects the activity and function of the encoded alpha-1 antitrypsin (A1AT) protein. This correction simultaneously eliminates the pathogenic protein burden on the liver and restores functional protein to the lungs.
In one aspect, a method of editing a SERPINA1 polynucleotide containing a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) associated with Alpha1 Anti-Trypsin Deficiency (A1AD) is provided, in which the method involves contacting the SERPINA1 polynucleotide with a base editor in complex with one or more guide polynucleotides, where the base editor contains a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain, and where one or more of the guide polynucleotides target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP in the SERPINA1 gene, which is associated with A1AD. In one embodiment, the method involves contacting a cell, e.g., a eukaryotic cell, a mammalian cell, or human cell. In another embodiment, the cell is in vivo or ex vivo.
In another aspect, the invention features a cell produced by introducing into the cell, or a progenitor thereof, a base editor, a polynucleotide encoding the base editor, where the base editor contains a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain; and one or more guide polynucleotides that target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP in a gene, e.g., the SERPINA1 gene, associated with A1AD. In one embodiment, the cell produced is a hepatocyte. In another embodiment, the cell or progenitor thereof is an embryonic stem cell, induced pluripotent stem cell, or a hepatocyte. In another embodiment, the hepatocyte expresses an A1AT polypeptide. In another embodiment, the cell is from a subject having A1AD. In yet another embodiment, the cell is a mammalian cell or a human cell.
In another aspect, the invention features a method of treating A1AD in a subject containing administering to subject in need thereof a cell as described in the above delineated aspects and embodiments. In one embodiment, the cell is autologous or is allogeneic or xenogeneic to the subject.
In another aspect, the invention features aa isolated cell or population of cells propagated or expanded from the cell of any above-delineated aspect.
In another aspect, the invention features a method of treating A1AD in a subject, in which the method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a base editor, or a polynucleotide encoding the base editor, where the base editor contains a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain; and one or more guide polynucleotides that target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP in a gene, e.g., the SERPINA1 gene, associated with A1AD. In one embodiment, the subject is a mammal or a human. In another embodiment, the method involves delivering the base editor, or polynucleotide encoding the base editor, and the one or more guide polynucleotides to a cell of the subject. In yet another embodiment, the cell is a hepatocyte. In another embodiment, the cell is a progenitor of a hepatocyte. In yet another embodiment, the hepatocyte expresses an A1AT polypeptide containing a mutation.
In another aspect, the invention features a method of producing a hepatocyte or progenitor thereof, in which the method involves (a) introducing into an induced pluripotent stem cell or hepatocyte progenitor containing an SNP in a gene, e.g., the SERPINA1 gene, associated with A1AD, a base editor, or a polynucleotide encoding the base editor, where the base editor contains a polynucleotide-programmable nucleotide-binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain; and one or more guide polynucleotides, where the one or more guide polynucleotides target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP associated with A1AD; and (b) differentiating the induced pluripotent stem cell or hepatocyte progenitor into hepatocyte. In one embodiment, the method involves differentiating the induced pluripotent stem cell into a hepatocyte or progenitor thereof. In another embodiment, the induced pluripotent stem cell contains an E342K mutation. In another embodiment, the hepatocyte progenitor is obtained from a subject having A1AD. In yet another embodiment, the hepatocyte or hepatocyte progenitor is a mammalian cell or human cell.
In another aspect, the base editor (BE) used in the described compositions and methods comprises a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence: (i): MSEVEFSHEYWMRHALTLAKRAWDEREVPVGAVLVHNNRVIGEGWNRPIGRHDPTA HAEIMALRQGGLVMQNYRLIDATLYVTLEPCVMCAGAMIHSRIGRVVFGARDAKTGA AGSLMDVLHHPGMNHRVEITEGILADECAALLSDFFRMRRQEIKAQKKAQSSTDSGGSS GGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGSSEVEFSHEYWMRHALTLAKRARDEREVPVGAV LVLNNRVIGEGWNRAIGLHDPTAHAEIMALRQGGLVMQNYRLIDATLYVTFEPCVMCA GAMIHSRIGRVVFGVRNAKTGAAGSLMDVLHYPGMNHRVEITEGILADECAALLCYFF RMPRQVFNAQKKAQSSTDSGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGSDKKYSIGLAI GTNSVGWAVITDEYKVPSKKFKVLGNTDRHSIKKNLIGALLFDSGETAEATRLKRTARR RYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNEMAKVDDSFFHRLEESFLVEEDKKHERHPIFGNIVDEVAYHE KYPTIYHLRKKLVDSTDKADLRLIYLALAHMIKFRGHFLIEGDLNPDNSDVDKLFIQLVQ TYNQLFEENPINASGVDAKAILSARLSKSRRLENLIAQLPGEKKNGLFGNLIALSLGLTPN FKSNFDLAEDAKLQLSKDTYDDDLDNLLAQIGDQYADLFLAAKNLSDAILLSDILRVNT EITKAPLSASMIKRYDEHHQDLTLLKALVRQQLPEKYKEIFFDQSKNGYAGYIDGGASQ EEFYKFIKPILEKMDGTEELLVKLNREDLLRKQRTFDNGSIPHQIHLGELHAILRRQEDFY PFLKDNREKIEKILTFRIPYYVGPLARGNSRFAWMTRKSEETITPWNFEEVVDKGASAQS FIERMTNFDKNLPNEKVLPKHSLLYEYFTVYNELTKVKYVTEGMRKPAFLSGEQKKAIV DLLFKTNRKVTVKQLKEDYFKKIECFDSVEISGVEDRFNASLGTYHDLLKIIKDKDFLDN EENEDILEDIVLTLTLFEDREMIEERLKTYAHLFDDKVMKQLKRRRYTGWGRLSRKLIN GIRDKQSGKTILDFLKSDGFANRNFMQLIHDDSLTFKEDIQKAQVSGQGDSLHEHIANL AGSPAIKKGILQTVKVVDELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIE EGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQ SFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTK AERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSK LVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDV RKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGR DFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWDPKKYGGFmqP TVAYSVLVVAKVEKGKSKKLKSVKELLGITIMERSSFEKNPIDFLEAKGYKEVKKDLIIK LPKYSLFELENGRKRMLASAkfLQKGNELALPSKYVNFLYLASHYEKLKGSPEDNEQKQ LFVEQHKHYLDEIIEQISEFSKRVILADANLDKVLSAYNKHRDKPIREQAENIIHLFTLTN LGAPrAFKYFDTTIaRKeYrSTKEVLDATLIHQSITGLYETRIDLSQLGGDEGADKRTADGS EFESPKKKRK (SEQ ID NO: 1); and (ii) an adenosine deaminase domain.
In another aspect the invention features a guide RNA (gRNA) containing a nucleic acid sequence from among the following:
In another aspect, the invention features a protein nucleic acid complex containing the base editor and a guide RNA of any of the foregoing aspects or embodiments delineated herein.
In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the A⋅T to G⋅C alteration at the SNP associated with A1AD changes a lysine to a glutamic acid in the A1AT polypeptide. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the SNP associated with A1AD results in expression of an A1AT polypeptide having a lysine at amino acid position 342. In another embodiment, the base editor correction replaces the lysine at position 342 of an A1AT polypeptide associated with A1AD with a glutamic acid. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a modified Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9), or variants thereof.
In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain contains a modified SpCas9 having an altered protospacer-adjacent motif (PAM) specificity. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the modified SpCas9 has specificity for the nucleic acid sequence 5′-AGC-3′. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the modified SpCas9 comprises the amino acid substitution D1332A and one or more of D1135M, S1136Q, G1218K, E1219F, D1332A, R1335E, and T1337R, or corresponding amino acid substitutions thereof. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain contains a variant of SpCas9 having an altered protospacer-adjacent motif (PAM) specificity. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the variant of SpCas9 has specificity for the nucleic acid sequence 5′-NGC-3′. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the modified SpCas9 contains amino acid substitutions D1135M, S1136Q, G1218K, E1219F, A1322R, D1332A, R1335E, and T1337R, or corresponding amino acid substitutions thereof. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a nuclease inactive or nickase variant. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the nickase variant contains an amino acid substitution D10A or a corresponding amino acid substitution thereof. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the adenosine deaminase domain is capable of deaminating adenosine in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the adenosine deaminase is a modified adenosine deaminase that does not occur in nature. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the adenosine deaminase is a TadA deaminase (e.g., TadA*7.10). In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the one or more guide RNAs contains a CRISPR RNA (crRNA) and a trans-encoded small RNA (tracrRNA), where the crRNA contains a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a SERPINA1 nucleic acid sequence containing the SNP associated with A1AD. In various embodiments of the above aspects, the base editor is in complex with a single guide RNA (sgRNA) containing a nucleic acid sequence complementary to an SERPINA1 nucleic acid sequence containing the SNP associated with A1AD.
In yet another aspect, provided herein is a base editor system for correcting a pathogenic single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a gene, wherein the base editor system comprises (a) a base editor comprising: (i) a polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain, and (ii) a deaminase domain capable of deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase; and (b) a guide polynucleotide in conjunction with the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain, wherein the guide polynucleotide targets the base editor to a target polynucleotide sequence at least a portion of which is located in the gene or its reverse complement; wherein deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase results in a conversion of the pathogenic SNP to its wild-type allele, thereby correcting a pathogenic mutation, such as those listed in Tables 3A and 3B herein.
In another aspect, provided herein is a method for correcting a pathogenic single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a gene, in which the method comprises: contacting a target nucleotide sequence, at least a portion of which is located in the gene or its reverse complement, with a base editor comprising: (i) a polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain in conjunction with a guide polynucleotide that targets the base editor to the target polynucleotide sequence, at least a portion of which is located in the gene or its reverse complement, and (ii) a deaminase domain capable of deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase; and editing the pathogenic SNP by deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase upon targeting of the base editor to the target nucleotide sequence, wherein deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase results in a conversion of the pathogenic SNP to its wild-type allele, thereby correcting a pathogenic mutation, such as listed in Table 3A or Table 3B herein.
In another aspect, provided herein is a method of treating a genetic disorder in a subject by correcting a pathogenic single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a gene, in which the method comprises administering a base editor, or a polynucleotide encoding the base editor, to a subject in need thereof, wherein the base editor comprises: (i) a polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain, and (ii) a deaminase domain capable of deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase; and administering a guide polynucleotide to the subject, wherein the guide polynucleotide targets the base editor to a target nucleotide sequence, at least a portion of which is located in the gene or its reverse complement; and editing the pathogenic SNP by deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase upon targeting of the base editor to the target nucleotide sequence, wherein deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase results in a conversion of the pathogenic SNP to its wild-type allele, thereby correcting a pathogenic mutation, such as listed in Table 3A or 3B, and treating the genetic disorder.
Provided herein is a method of producing a cell, tissue, or organ for treating a genetic disorder in a subject in need thereof by correcting a pathogenic single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a gene of the cell, tissue, or organ, in which the method comprises: contacting the cell, tissue, or organ with a base editor, wherein the base editor comprises: (i) a polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain, and (ii) a deaminase domain capable of deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase; and contacting the cell, tissue, or organ with a guide polynucleotide, wherein the guide polynucleotide targets the base editor to a target nucleotide sequence at least a portion of which is located in the gene or its reverse complement; and editing the pathogenic SNP by deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase upon targeting of the base editor to the target nucleotide sequence, wherein deaminating the pathogenic SNP or its complement nucleobase results in a conversion of the pathogenic SNP to its wild-type allele, thereby correcting a pathogenic mutation, such as listed in Table 3A or 3B, and producing the cell, tissue, or organ for treating the genetic disorder. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering the cell, tissue, or organ to the subject. In some embodiments, the cell, tissue, or organ is autologous to subject. In some embodiments, the cell, tissue, or organ is allogeneic to the subject. In some embodiments, the cell, tissue, or organ is xenogeneic to the subject
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Stargardt disease; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ABCA4 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises A1038V, L541P, G1961E, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with pseudoxanthoma elasticum; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ABCC6 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R1141*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with medium-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ACADM gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises K329E. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with severe combined immunodeficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ADA gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises G216R, Q3*, or a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with primary hypoxaluria; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an AGXT gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises G170R. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal recessive hypercholesterolemia; optionally; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ARH gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises Q136*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with metachromatic leukodystrophy; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ARSA gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises P426L, c. 459+1G>A, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Marteauz-Lamy Syndrome (MSPVI); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ARSB gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises Y210C. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Citrullinemia Type I; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ASS gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises G390R. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Darier disease; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an ATP2A2 gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises N767S.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with classic homocysteinuria; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a CBS gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises G307S, T191M, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with cystic fibrosis; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a CFTR gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises G551D, W1282*, R553*, R117H, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with choroideremia; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a CHM gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R293*, R270*, A117A, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis (NCL); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a CLN2 gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R208*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal dominant deafness; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a COCH gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises G88E. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with carnitine palmitoyltransferase II deficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a CPT2 gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises S113L.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with cystinosis; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a CTNS gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises W138*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal recessive deafness; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a CX30 gene; optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises TSM. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal recessive deafness; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an DFNB59 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R183W. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with isolated agammaglobulinemia; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an E47 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises E555K. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with congenital factor XI deficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an F11 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises E117*, F283L, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with congenital factor V deficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an F5 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R506Q, R534Q, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with congenital factor VII deficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an F7 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises A294V, C310F, R304Q, Q100R, or a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with hemophilia A; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an F8 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R2169H, R1985Q, R2178C, R550C, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with hemophilia B; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an F9 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises T342M, R294Q, R43Q, R191H, G106S, A279T, R75*, R294*, R379Q, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with tyrosinemia type 1; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a FAH gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises P261L. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal dominant hypophosphatemic rickets; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an FGF23 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R176Q.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with von Gierke disease; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a G6PC gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises Q347*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Mediterranean G6PD deficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a G6PD gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises S188D. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Morquio Syndrome (MPSIVA); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a GALNS gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R386C. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with classic galactosemia; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an GALT gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises Q188R.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Gaucher disease; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an GBA gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises N370S, L444P, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with glutaryl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a GCDH gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R138G, M263V, R402W, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with glycine encephalopathy; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a GLDC gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises A389V, G771R, T269M, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with cone-rod dystrophy; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a GUCY2D gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R838C. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Sly Syndrome (MPSVII); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a GUSB gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises L175F.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with sickle cell disease; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a HBB gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises E26K; E7K; c.-138C>T; IVS2, 654 C>T; or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with intermittent porphyria; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a HMBS gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R173W. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Lesch-Nyhan syndrome; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a HPRT1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R51*, R170*, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Hunter syndrome; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an IDS gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R88C, G374G, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Hurler syndrome (MPS1); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an IDUA gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises Q70*.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an IMPDH1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises D226N. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Andersen-Tawil syndrome; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a KCNJ2 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R218W. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Meesmann epithelial corneal dystrophy; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a KRT12 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises L132P. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Parkinson's disease; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a LRRK2 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises G2109S. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Rett syndrome; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a MECP2 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R106W, R133C, R306C, R168*, R255*, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Sanfilippo syndrome B (MPSIIIB); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a NAGLU gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R297*, Y140C, or a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with CADASIL syndrome; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a NOTCH3 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R90C, R141C, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with blue-cone monochromatism; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an OPN1LW gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises C203R. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with phenylketonuria; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PAH gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R408W, I65T, R261Q, IVS10-11G>A, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Usher syndrome type 1F; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PCDH15 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R245*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PDE6A gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises V685M, D670G, or a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Pendred syndrome; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PDS gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises L236P; c.1001+1G>A; IVS8, +1 G>A, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with variegate porphyria; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PPDX gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R59W. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis 1; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PPT1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R151*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PRNP gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises M129V, P102L, D178N, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PRPF3 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises T494M. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PRPF8 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises H2309R.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with hereditary chronic pancreatitis; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a PRSS1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R122H. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a RHO gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises P347L, D190N, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a RP1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R667*. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Leber congenital amaurosis 2; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a RPE65 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R44*; IVS1, G-A, +5; or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Blackfan-Diamond anemia; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a RPS19 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R62Q.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with X-linked retinoschisis; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a retinoschisin (RS1) gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R102W, R141C, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with A1AD; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a SERPINA1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises E342K, R48C (R79C), or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Sanfilippo syndrome A (MPSIIIA); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a SGSH gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises R74C. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with Neimann-Pick disease type A; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a SMPD1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises L302P.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal dominant Parkinson's disease; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a SNCA gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises A53T. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with familial amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS); optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a superoxide dismutase 1 (SOD1) gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises A4V, H46R, G37R, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal dominant deafness; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a TECTA gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises Y1870C. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with autosomal recessive deafness; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a TMC1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises Y182C. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with ATTR amyloidosis; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a TTR gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises V50M/V30M. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa/Usher syndrome type 1C; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an USH1C gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises V72V.
In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with retinitis pigmentosa; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in an USH2a gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises C759F. In some embodiments, the pathogenic SNP is associated with myotubular myopathy; optionally, the pathogenic SNP is in a MTM1 gene; and optionally, the pathogenic mutation comprises c.1261-10A>G.
In some embodiments, any of the base editor system or the methods provided herein can further comprise a second guide polynucleotide for editing of an additional nucleobase. In some embodiments, the additional nucleobase is not located in the gene. In some embodiments, the additional nucleobase is located in the gene. In some embodiments, additional nucleobase is located in a protein coding region. In some embodiments, the additional nucleobase is located in a protein non-coding region. In some embodiments, the protein non-coding region is a gene regulatory element. In some embodiments, the deaminase domain is a cytidine deaminase domain or an adenosine deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the deaminase domain is a cytidine deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the deaminase domain is an adenosine deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase domain is capable of deaminating adenosine in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide comprises ribonucleic acid (RNA), or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide comprises a CRISPR RNA (crRNA) sequence, a trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA) sequence, or a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, any of the base editor system or the methods provided herein can further comprise a second guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the second guide polynucleotide comprises ribonucleic acid (RNA), or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). In some embodiments, the second guide polynucleotide comprises a CRISPR RNA (crRNA) sequence, a trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA) sequence, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the second guide polynucleotide targets the base editor to a second target nucleotide sequence.
In some embodiments, in any of the base editor system or the methods provided herein, the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain comprises a Cas9 domain, a Cpf1 domain, a CasX domain, a CasY domain, a Cas12b/C2c1 domain or a Cas12c/C2c3 domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain is nuclease dead. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain is a nickase. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain comprises a Cas9 domain. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9), a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease active Cas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises a Cas9 nickase. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain is an engineered or a modified polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain.
In some embodiments, any of the base editor system or the methods provided herein can further comprise a second base editor. In some embodiments, the second base editor comprises a different deaminase domain than the base editor.
In some embodiments, in any of the methods provided herein, the editing results in less than 20% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 15% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 10% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 5% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 4% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 3% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 2% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 1% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 0.5% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing results in less than 0.1% indel formation. In some embodiments, the editing does not result in translocations.
In one aspect, the invention provides a method of editing a G6PC polynucleotide comprising a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) associated with glycogen storage disorder Type 1a (GSD1a), the method comprising contacting the G6PC polynucleotide with a base editor in complex with one or more guide polynucleotides, wherein the base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain, and wherein one or more of the guide polynucleotides target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP associated with GSD1a. In one embodiment, the A⋅T to G⋅C alteration at the SNP associated with glycogen storage disorder Type 1a (GSD1a) changes a glutamine (Q) to a non-glutamine (X) amino acid. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the A⋅T to G⋅C alteration at the SNP associated with glycogen storage disorder Type 1a (GSD1a) changes an arginine (R) to a non-arginine (X) in the G6PC polypeptide.
In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the SNP associated with GSD1a results in expression of an G6PC polypeptide having a non-glutamine (X) amino acid at position 347 or a non-arginine (X) amino acid at position 83. In one embodiment, the base editor correction replaces the glutamine at position 347 with a non-glutamine amino acid (X). In another embodiment, the base editor correction replaces the arginine at position 83 with a non-arginine amino acid (X).
In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a modified Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9), or variants thereof. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain comprises a modified SpCas9 having an altered protospacer-adjacent motif (PAM) specificity. In one embodiment, the modified SpCas9 has specificity for the nucleic acid sequences 5′-NGA-3′ or 5′-NGG-3′. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the adenosine deaminase is ABE7.10.
In one aspect, a cell is produced by introducing into the cell, or a progenitor thereof: a base editor, a polynucleotide encoding the base editor, to the cell, wherein the base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain; and one or more guide polynucleotides that target the base editor to effect an AT to GC alteration of the SNP associated with glycogen storage disorder Type 1a (GSD1a). In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the cell is a hepatocyte, a hepatocyte precursor, or an iPSc-derived hepatocyte.
In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the cell is from a subject having GSD1a. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the cell harbors a Q347X mutation. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the A⋅T to G⋅C alteration at the SNP associated with GSD1a changes a glutamine to a non-glutamine (X) amino acid. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the A⋅T to G⋅C alteration at the SNP associated with GSD1a changes an arginine to a non-arginine (X) amino acid in the G6PC polypeptide. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the SNP associated with GSD1a results in expression of an G6PC polypeptide having a non-glutamine (X) amino acid at position 347 or a non-arginine (X) amino acid at position 83.
In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating glycogen storage disorder Type 1a (GSD1a) or von Gierke Disease in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject the cell of various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of producing a hepatocyte, or progenitor thereof, the method comprising: (a) introducing into an induced pluripotent stem cell or hepatocyte progenitor comprising an SNP associated with GSD1a, a base editor, or a polynucleotide encoding the base editor, wherein the base editor comprises a polynucleotide-programmable nucleotide-binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain; and one or more guide polynucleotides, wherein the one or more guide polynucleotides target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP associated with GSD1a; and (b) differentiating the induced pluripotent stem cell or hepatocyte progenitor into hepatocyte. In a further aspect, the method includes differentiating the induced pluripotent stem cell into a hepatocyte or progenitor thereof. In various embodiments, the induced pluripotent stem cell of step (a) comprises a Q347X mutation.
In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the hepatocyte progenitor is obtained from a subject having GSD1a. In various embodiments, the hepatocyte or hepatocyte progenitor is a mammalian cell or human cell. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the A⋅T to G⋅C alteration at the SNP associated with GSD1a changes a glutamine to a non-glutamine (X) amino acid or changes an arginine to a non-arginine (X) amino acid in the G6PC polypeptide. In various embodiments, the SNP associated with GSD1a results in expression of an G6PC polypeptide having a non-glutamine (X) amino acid at position 347. In various embodiments, the SNP associated with GSD1a results in expression of an G6PC polypeptide having a non-arginine (X) amino acid at position 83. In various embodiments, the SNP associated with GSD1a substitutes a glutamine with a non-glutamine (X) amino acid. In various embodiments, the SNP associated with GSD1a substitutes an arginine with a non-arginine (X) amino acid. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the cell is selected for the A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP associated with GSD1a.
In one aspect, the invention provides a method of editing a IDUA polynucleotide comprising a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) associated with mucopolysaccharidosis type 1 (MPS1), the method comprising contacting the IDUA polynucleotide with a base editor in complex with one or more guide polynucleotides, wherein the base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain, and wherein one or more of the guide polynucleotides target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration of the SNP associated with MPS1. In one embodiment, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a modified Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9), or variants thereof. In a further embodiment, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain comprises a modified SpCas9 having an altered protospacer-adjacent motif (PAM) specificity. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the modified SpCas9 has specificity for the nucleic acid sequence 5′-NGG-3′. In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the adenosine deaminase is ABE7.10. In various embodiments, the guide polynucleotide comprises the human nucleic acid sequence ACTCTaGGCAGAGGTCTCAA AGG (SEQ ID NO: 9). In various embodiments, the guide polynucleotide comprises the mouse nucleic acid sequence GCTCTaGGCCGAAGTGTCGC AGG (SEQ ID NO: 10).
In one aspect, a cell is produced by introducing into the cell, or a progenitor thereof: a base editor, a polynucleotide encoding the base editor, to the cell, wherein the base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain; and one or more guide polynucleotides that target the base editor to effect an AT to GC alteration of the SNP associated with mucopolysaccharidosis type 1 (MPS1). In various embodiments, the cell is a stem cell, a stem cell precursor, or an induced pluripotent stem cell (iPSC). In various embodiments of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein, the cell is from a subject having MPS1.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating MPS1 in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a cell of the above aspects or any other aspect of the invention delineated herein.
The features of the present disclosure are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the disclosure are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which:
The description and examples herein illustrate embodiments of the present disclosure in detail. It is to be understood that this disclosure is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein and as such can vary. Those of skill in the art will recognize that there are numerous variations and modifications of this disclosure, which are encompassed within its scope.
All terms are intended to be understood as they would be understood by a person skilled in the art. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the disclosure pertains.
The practice of some embodiments disclosed herein employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of immunology, biochemistry, chemistry, molecular biology, microbiology, cell biology, genomics and recombinant DNA, which are within the skill of the art. See for example Sambrook and Green, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4th Edition (2012); the series Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. M. Ausubel, et al. eds.); the series Methods In Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.), PCR 2: A Practical Approach (M. J. MacPherson, B. D. Hames and G. R. Taylor eds. (1995)), Harlow and Lane, eds. (1988) Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, and Culture of Animal Cells: A Manual of Basic Technique and Specialized Applications, 6th Edition (R. I. Freshney, ed. (2010)).
The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
Although various features of the present disclosure can be described in the context of a single embodiment, the features can also be provided separately or in any suitable combination. Conversely, although the present disclosure can be described herein in the context of separate embodiments for clarity, the present disclosure can also be implemented in a single embodiment.
The following definitions supplement those in the art and are directed to the current application and are not to be imputed to any related or unrelated case, e.g., to any commonly owned patent or application. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice for testing of the present disclosure, the preferred materials and methods are described herein. Accordingly, the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms as used herein have the meaning commonly understood by a person skilled in the art to which this invention belongs. The following references provide one of skill with a general definition of many of the terms used in this invention: Singleton et al., Dictionary of Microbiology and Molecular Biology (2nd ed. 1994); The Cambridge Dictionary of Science and Technology (Walker ed., 1988); The Glossary of Genetics, 5th Ed., R. Rieger et al. (eds.), Springer Verlag (1991); and Hale & Marham, The Harper Collins Dictionary of Biology (1991).
In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. It must be noted that, as used in the specification, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. In this application, the use of “or” means “and/or” unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term “including” as well as other forms, such as “include”, “includes,” and “included,” is not limiting.
As used in this specification and claim(s), the words “comprising” (and any form of comprising, such as “comprise” and “comprises”), “having” (and any form of having, such as “have” and “has”), “including” (and any form of including, such as “includes” and “include”) or “containing” (and any form of containing, such as “contains” and “contain”) are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps. It is contemplated that any embodiment discussed in this specification can be implemented with respect to any method or composition of the present disclosure, and vice versa. Furthermore, compositions of the present disclosure can be used to achieve methods of the present disclosure.
The term “about” or “approximately” means within an acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how the value is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the measurement system. For example, “about” can mean within 1 or more than 1 standard deviation, per the practice in the art. Alternatively, “about” can mean a range of up to 20%, up to 10%, up to 5%, or up to 1% of a given value. Alternatively, particularly with respect to biological systems or processes, the term can mean within an order of magnitude, preferably within 5-fold, and more preferably within 2-fold, of a value. Where particular values are described in the application and claims, unless otherwise stated the term “about” meaning within an acceptable error range for the particular value should be assumed.
Reference in the specification to “some embodiments,” “an embodiment,” “one embodiment” or “other embodiments” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiments is included in at least some embodiments, but not necessarily all embodiments, of the present disclosures.
By “adenosine deaminase” is meant a polypeptide or fragment thereof capable of catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of adenine or adenosine. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is an adenosine deaminase catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine to inosine or deoxy adenosine to deoxyinosine. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenine or adenosine in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). The adenosine deaminases (e.g. engineered adenosine deaminases, evolved adenosine deaminases) provided herein may be from any organism, such as a bacterium.
By “agent” is meant any small molecule chemical compound, antibody, nucleic acid molecule, or polypeptide, or fragments thereof.
By “ameliorate” is meant decrease, suppress, attenuate, diminish, arrest, or stabilize the development or progression of a disease.
By “alteration” is meant a change (increase or decrease) in the expression levels or activity of a gene or polypeptide as detected by standard art known methods such as those described herein. As used herein, an alteration includes a 10% change in expression levels, preferably a 25% change, more preferably a 40% change, and most preferably a 50% or greater change in expression levels.
By “analog” is meant a molecule that is not identical, but has analogous functional or structural features. For example, a polypeptide analog retains the biological activity of a corresponding naturally-occurring polypeptide, while having certain biochemical modifications that enhance the analog's function relative to a naturally occurring polypeptide. Such biochemical modifications could increase the analog's protease resistance, membrane permeability, or half-life, without altering, for example, ligand binding. An analog may include an unnatural amino acid.
“Administering” is referred to herein as providing one or more compositions described herein to a patient or a subject. By way of example and without limitation, composition administration, e.g., injection, can be performed by intravenous (i.v.) injection, sub-cutaneous (s.c.) injection, intradermal (i.d.) injection, intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, or intramuscular (i.m.) injection. One or more such routes can be employed. Parenteral administration can be, for example, by bolus injection or by gradual perfusion over time. Alternatively, or concurrently, administration can be by an oral route.
By “alpha-1 antitrypsin (A1AT) protein” is meant a polypeptide or fragment thereof having at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of UniProt Accession No. P01009. In particular embodiments, an A1AT protein comprises one or more alterations relative to the following reference sequence. In one particular embodiment, an A1AT protein associated with A1AD comprises an E342K mutation. An exemplary A1AT amino acid sequence (>sp1P010091A1AT_HUMAN Alpha-1-antitrypsin OS=Homo sapiens OX=9606 GN=SERPINA1 PE=1 SV=3) is provided below:
By “base editor (BE),” or “nucleobase editor (NBE)” is meant an agent that binds a polynucleotide and has nucleobase modifying activity. In various embodiments, the base editor comprises a nucleobase modifying polypeptide (e.g., a deaminase) and a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain in conjunction with a guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA). In various embodiments, the agent is a biomolecular complex comprising a protein domain having base editing activity, i.e., a domain capable of modifying a base (e.g., A, T, C, G, or U) within a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., DNA). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is fused or linked to a deaminase domain. In one embodiment, the agent is a fusion protein comprising a domain having base editing activity. In another embodiment, the protein domain having base editing activity is linked to the guide RNA (e.g., via an RNA binding motif on the guide RNA and an RNA binding domain fused to the deaminase). In some embodiments, the domain having base editing activity is capable of deaminating a base within a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the base editor is capable of deaminating a base within a DNA molecule. In some embodiments, the base editor is capable of deaminating a cytosine (C) or an adenosine (A) within DNA. In some embodiments, the base editor is a cytidine base editor (CBE). In some embodiments, the base editor is an adenosine base editor (ABE). In some embodiments, an adenosine deaminase is evolved from TadA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a CRISPR associated (e.g., Cas or Cpf1) enzyme. In some embodiments, the base editor is a catalytically dead Cas9 (dCas9) fused to a deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the base editor is a Cas9 nickase (nCas9) fused to a deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the base editor is fused to an inhibitor of base excision repair (BER). In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair is a uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair is an inosine base excision repair inhibitor. Details of base editors are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), and Rees, H. A., et al., “Base editing: precision chemistry on the genome and transcriptome of living cells.” Nat Rev Genet. 2018 December; 19(12):770-788. doi: 10.1038/s41576-018-0059-1, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
By way of example, the cytidine base editor CBE as used in the base editing compositions, systems and methods described herein has the following nucleic acid sequence (8877 base pairs), (Addgene, Watertown, Mass.; Komor A C, et al., 2017, Sci Adv., 30; 3(8):eaao4774. doi: 10.1126/sciadv.aao4774) as provided below. Polynucleotide sequences having at least 95% or greater identity to the BE4 nucleic acid sequence are also encompassed.
In some embodiments, the BE4 nucleic acid sequence is selected from one of the following:
By “base editing activity” is meant acting to chemically alter a base within a polynucleotide. In one embodiment, a first base is converted to a second base. In one embodiment, the base editing activity is cytidine deaminase activity, e.g., converting target CG to TA. In another embodiment, the base editing activity is adenosine or adenine deaminase activity, e.g., converting A⋅T to G⋅C.
The term “base editor system” refers to a system for editing a nucleobase of a target nucleotide sequence. In various embodiments, the base editor (BE) system comprises (1) a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a deaminase domain for deaminating said nucleobase; and (2) a guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA) in conjunction with the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the base editor system comprises (1) a base editor (BE) comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and a deaminase domain for deaminating said nucleobase; and (2) a guide RNA in conjunction with the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the base editor is a cytidine base editor (CBE). In some embodiments, the base editor is an adenine or adenosine base editor (ABE).
The term “conservative amino acid substitution” or “conservative mutation” refers to the replacement of one amino acid by another amino acid with a common property. A functional way to define common properties between individual amino acids is to analyze the normalized frequencies of amino acid changes between corresponding proteins of homologous organisms (Schulz, G. E. and Schirmer, R. H., Principles of Protein Structure, Springer-Verlag, New York (1979)). According to such analyses, groups of amino acids can be defined where amino acids within a group exchange preferentially with each other, and therefore resemble each other most in their impact on the overall protein structure (Schulz, G. E. and Schirmer, R. H., supra). Non-limiting examples of conservative mutations include amino acid substitutions of amino acids, for example, lysine for arginine and vice versa such that a positive charge can be maintained; glutamic acid for aspartic acid and vice versa such that a negative charge can be maintained; serine for threonine such that a free —OH can be maintained; and glutamine for asparagine such that a free —NH2 can be maintained.
The term “coding sequence” or “protein coding sequence” as used interchangeably herein refers to a segment of a polynucleotide that codes for a protein. The region or sequence is bounded nearer the 5′ end by a start codon and nearer the 3′ end with a stop codon. Coding sequences can also be referred to as open reading frames.
By “cytidine deaminase” is meant a polypeptide or fragment thereof capable of catalyzing a deamination reaction that converts an amino group to a carbonyl group. In one embodiment, the cytidine deaminase converts cytosine to uracil or 5-methylcytosine to thymine. PmCDA1, which is derived from Petromyzon marinus (Petromyzon marinus cytosine deaminase 1, “PmCDA1”), AID (Activation-induced cytidine deaminase; AICDA), which is derived from a mammal (e.g., human, swine, bovine, horse, monkey etc.), and APOBEC are exemplary cytidine deaminases.
The term “deaminase” or “deaminase domain,” as used herein, refers to a protein or enzyme that catalyzes a deamination reaction. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is a cytidine deaminase, catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of cytidine or deoxycytidine to uridine or deoxyuridine, respectively. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is a cytosine deaminase, catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of cytosine to uracil. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an adenosine deaminase, which catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenine to hypoxanthine. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an adenosine deaminase, which catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine or adenine (A) to inosine (I). In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is an adenosine deaminase, catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine or deoxyadenosine to inosine or deoxyinosine, respectively. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). The adenosine deaminases (e.g. engineered adenosine deaminases, evolved adenosine deaminases) provided herein can be from any organism, such as a bacterium. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from a bacterium, such as E. coli, S. aureus, S. typhi, S. putrefaciens, H influenzae, or C. crescentus. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is a TadA deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is a variant of a naturally occurring deaminase from an organism, such as a human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain does not occur in nature. For example, in some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75% at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identical to a naturally occurring deaminase. For example, deaminase domains are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), and Rees, H. A., et al., “Base editing: precision chemistry on the genome and transcriptome of living cells.” Nat Rev Genet. 2018 December; 19(12):770-788. doi: 10.1038/s41576-018-0059-1, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
By “detectable label” is meant a composition that when linked to a molecule of interest renders the latter detectable, via spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, or chemical means. For example, useful labels include radioactive isotopes, magnetic beads, metallic beads, colloidal particles, fluorescent dyes, electron-dense reagents, enzymes (for example, as commonly used in an ELISA), biotin, digoxigenin, or haptens.
By “disease” is meant any condition or disorder that damages or interferes with the normal function of a cell, tissue, or organ. Examples of diseases include retinitis pigmentosa, Usher syndrome, sickle cell disease, beta-thalassemia, alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD), hepatic porphyria, medium-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase (MCAD) deficiency, lysosomal acid lipase (LAL) deficiency, phenylketonuria, hemochromatosis, Von Gierke disease, Pompe disease, Gaucher disease, Hurler syndrome, cystic fibrosis, or chronic pain. In a particular embodiment, the disease is A1 AD.
By “effective amount” is meant the amount of an agent or active compound, e.g., a base editor as described herein, that is required to ameliorate the symptoms of a disease relative to an untreated patient or an individual without disease, i.e., a healthy individual. The effective amount of active compound(s) used to practice the present invention for therapeutic treatment of a disease varies depending upon the manner of administration, the age, body weight, and general health of the subject. Ultimately, the attending physician or veterinarian will decide the appropriate amount and dosage regimen. Such amount is referred to as an “effective” amount. In one embodiment, an effective amount is the amount of a base editor of the invention sufficient to introduce an alteration in a gene of interest in a cell (e.g., a cell in vitro or in vivo). In one embodiment, an effective amount is the amount of a base editor required to achieve a therapeutic effect (e.g., to reduce or control retinitis pigmentosa, Usher syndrome, sickle cell disease, beta-thalassemia, alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD), hepatic porphyria, medium-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase (MCAD) deficiency, lysosomal acid lipase (LAL) deficiency, phenylketonuria, hemochromatosis, Von Gierke disease, Pompe disease, Gaucher disease, Hurler syndrome, cystic fibrosis, or chronic pain, or a symptom or condition thereof). Such therapeutic effect need not be sufficient to alter a pathogenic gene in all cells of a subject, tissue or organ, but only to alter the pathogenic gene in about 1%, 5%, 10%, 25%, 50%, 75% or more of the cells present in a subject, tissue or organ. In one embodiment, an effective amount is sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of a disease (e.g., retinitis pigmentosa, Usher syndrome, sickle cell disease, beta-thalassemia, alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD), hepatic porphyria, medium-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase (MCAD) deficiency, lysosomal acid lipase (LAL) deficiency, phenylketonuria, hemochromatosis, Von Gierke disease, Pompe disease, Gaucher disease, Hurler syndrome, cystic fibrosis, or chronic pain).
By “fragment” is meant a portion of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule. This portion contains, preferably, at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the entire length of the reference nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide. A fragment may contain 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, or 1000 nucleotides or amino acids.
“Hybridization” means hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleobases. For example, adenine and thymine are complementary nucleobases that pair through the formation of hydrogen bonds.
The terms “inhibitor of base repair”, “base repair inhibitor”, “IBR” or their grammatical equivalents refer to a protein that is capable in inhibiting the activity of a nucleic acid repair enzyme, for example a base excision repair enzyme. In some embodiments, the IBR is an inhibitor of inosine base excision repair. Exemplary inhibitors of base repair include inhibitors of APE1, Endo III, Endo IV, Endo V, Endo VIII, Fpg, hOGGl, hNEILl, T7 Endol, T4PDG, UDG, hSMUGl, and hAAG. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is an inhibitor of Endo V or hAAG. In some embodiments, the IBR is an inhibitor of Endo V or hAAG. In some embodiments, the IBR is a catalytically inactive EndoV or a catalytically inactive hAAG. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is a catalytically inactive EndoV or a catalytically inactive hAAG. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). UGI refers to a protein that is capable of inhibiting a uracil-DNA glycosylase base-excision repair enzyme. In some embodiments, a UGI domain comprises a wild-type UGI or a fragment of a wild-type UGI. In some embodiments, the UGI proteins provided herein include fragments of UGI and proteins homologous to a UGI or a UGI fragment. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is an inhibitor of inosine base excision repair. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is a “catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease” or “dead inosine specific nuclease.” Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, catalytically inactive inosine glycosylases (e.g., alkyl adenine glycosylase (AAG)) can bind inosine, but cannot create an abasic site or remove the inosine, thereby sterically blocking the newly formed inosine moiety from DNA damage/repair mechanisms. In some embodiments, the catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease can be capable of binding an inosine in a nucleic acid but does not cleave the nucleic acid. Non-limiting exemplary catalytically inactive inosine specific nucleases include catalytically inactive alkyl adenosine glycosylase (AAG nuclease), for example, from a human, and catalytically inactive endonuclease V (EndoV nuclease), for example, from E. coli. In some embodiments, the catalytically inactive AAG nuclease comprises an E125Q mutation or a corresponding mutation in another AAG nuclease.
The terms “isolated,” “purified,” or “biologically pure” refer to material that is free to varying degrees from components which normally accompany it as found in its native state. “Isolate” denotes a degree of separation from original source or surroundings. “Purify” denotes a degree of separation that is higher than isolation. A “purified” or “biologically pure” protein is sufficiently free of other materials such that any impurities do not materially affect the biological properties of the protein or cause other adverse consequences. That is, a nucleic acid or peptide of this invention is purified if it is substantially free of cellular material, viral material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques, for example, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high-performance liquid chromatography. The term “purified” can denote that a nucleic acid or protein gives rise to essentially one band in an electrophoretic gel. For a protein that can be subjected to modifications, for example, phosphorylation or glycosylation, different modifications may give rise to different isolated proteins, which can be separately purified.
By “isolated polynucleotide” is meant a nucleic acid (e.g., a DNA) that is free of the genes which, in the naturally-occurring genome of the organism from which the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is derived, flank the gene. The term therefore includes, for example, a recombinant DNA that is incorporated into a vector; into an autonomously replicating plasmid or virus; or into the genomic DNA of a prokaryote or eukaryote; or that exists as a separate molecule (for example, a cDNA or a genomic or cDNA fragment produced by PCR or restriction endonuclease digestion) independent of other sequences. In addition, the term includes an RNA molecule that is transcribed from a DNA molecule, as well as a recombinant DNA that is part of a hybrid gene encoding additional polypeptide sequence.
By an “isolated polypeptide” is meant a polypeptide of the invention that has been separated from components that naturally accompany it. Typically, the polypeptide is isolated when it is at least 60%, by weight, free from the proteins and naturally-occurring organic molecules with which it is naturally associated. Preferably, the preparation is at least 75%, more preferably at least 90%, and most preferably at least 99%, by weight, a polypeptide of the invention. An isolated polypeptide of the invention may be obtained, for example, by extraction from a natural source, by expression of a recombinant nucleic acid encoding such a polypeptide; or by chemically synthesizing the protein. Purity can be measured by any appropriate method, for example, column chromatography, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, or by HPLC analysis.
The term “linker”, as used herein, can refer to a covalent linker (e.g., covalent bond), a non-covalent linker, a chemical group, or a molecule linking two molecules or moieties, e.g., two components of a protein complex or a ribonucleocomplex, or two domains of a fusion protein, such as, for example, a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain (e.g., dCas9) and a deaminase domain (e.g., an adenosine deaminase or a cytidine deaminase). A linker can join different components of, or different portions of components of, a base editor system. For example, in some embodiments, a linker can join a guide polynucleotide binding domain of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a catalytic domain of a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a CRISPR polypeptide and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a Cas9 and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a dCas9 and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a nCas9 and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a guide polynucleotide and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a deaminating component and a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system. In some embodiments, a linker can join a RNA-binding portion of a deaminating component and a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system. In some embodiments, a linker can join a RNA-binding portion of a deaminating component and a RNA-binding portion of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system. A linker can be positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond or non-covalent interaction, thus connecting the two. In some embodiments, the linker can be an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety. In some embodiments, the linker can be a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the linker can be a DNA linker. In some embodiments, the linker can be a RNA linker. In some embodiments, a linker can comprise an aptamer capable of binding to a ligand. In some embodiments, the ligand may be carbohydrate, a peptide, a protein, or a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the linker may comprise an aptamer may be derived from a riboswitch. The riboswitch from which the aptamer is derived may be selected from a theophylline riboswitch, a thiamine pyrophosphate (TPP) riboswitch, an adenosine cobalamin (AdoCbl) riboswitch, an S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) riboswitch, an SAH riboswitch, a flavin mononucleotide (FMN) riboswitch, a tetrahydrofolate riboswitch, a lysine riboswitch, a glycine riboswitch, a purine riboswitch, a GlmS riboswitch, or a pre-queosinel (PreQ1) riboswitch. In some embodiments, a linker may comprise an aptamer bound to a polypeptide or a protein domain, such as a polypeptide ligand. In some embodiments, the polypeptide ligand may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif. In some embodiments, the polypeptide ligand may be a portion of a base editor system component. For example, a nucleobase editing component may comprise a deaminase domain and a RNA recognition motif.
In some embodiments, the linker can be an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein). In some embodiments, the linker can be about 5-100 amino acids in length, for example, about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 20-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, or 90-100 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker can be about 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350-400, 400-450, or 450-500 amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers can be also contemplated.
In some embodiments, a linker joins a gRNA binding domain of an RNA-programmable nuclease, including a Cas9 nuclease domain, and the catalytic domain of a nucleic-acid editing protein (e.g., cytidine or adenosine deaminase). In some embodiments, a linker joins a dCas9 and a nucleic-acid editing protein. For example, the linker is positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond, thus connecting the two. In some embodiments, the linker is an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein). In some embodiments, the linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety. In some embodiments, the linker is 5-200 amino acids in length, for example, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 35, 45, 50, 55, 60, 60, 65, 70, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 90, 95, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 175, 180, 190, or 200 amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers are also contemplated. In some embodiments, a linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 16), which may also be referred to as the XTEN linker. In some embodiments, a linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGS (SEQ ID NO: 17). In some embodiments, a linker comprises (SGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 18), (GGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 19), (GGGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 20), (G)n (SEQ ID NO: 21), (EAAAK)n (SEQ ID NO: 22), (GGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 23), SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 16), or (XP)n motif (SEQ ID NO: 24), or a combination of any of these, where n is independently an integer between 1 and 30, and where X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In some embodiments, a linker comprises a plurality of proline residues and is 5-21, 5-14, 5-9, 5-7 amino acids in length, e.g., PAPAP (SEQ ID NO: 25), PAPAPA (SEQ ID NO: 26), PAPAPAP (SEQ ID NO: 27), PAPAPAPA (SEQ ID NO: 28), P(AP)4 (SEQ ID NO: 29), P(AP)7 (SEQ ID NO: 30), P(AP)10 (SEQ ID NO: 31). Such proline-rich linkers are also termed “rigid” linkers.
In some embodiments, the domains of a base editor are fused via a linker that comprises the amino acid sequence of SGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 32), SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 33), or GGSGGSPGSPAGSPTSTEEGTSESATPESGPGTSTEPSEGSAPGSPAGSPTSTEEGTSTE PSEGSAPGTSTEPSEGSAPGTSESATPESGPGSEPATSGGSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 34). In some embodiments, domains of the base editor are fused via a linker comprising the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 16), which may also be referred to as the XTEN linker. In some embodiments, the linker is 24 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 35). In some embodiments, the linker is 40 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGSSGGSSGGS (SEQ ID NO: 36). In some embodiments, the linker is 64 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGSSGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGS SGGS (SEQ ID NO: 37). In some embodiments, the linker is 92 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence
The term “mutation,” as used herein, refers to a substitution of a residue within a sequence, e.g., a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence, with another residue, or a deletion or insertion of one or more residues within a sequence. Mutations are typically described herein by identifying the original residue followed by the position of the residue within the sequence and by the identity of the newly substituted residue. Various methods for making the amino acid substitutions (mutations) provided herein are well known in the art, and are provided by, for example, Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)). In some embodiments, the presently disclosed base editors can efficiently generate an “intended mutation”, such as a point mutation, in a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within a genome of a subject) without generating a significant number of unintended mutations, such as unintended point mutations. In some embodiments, an intended mutation is a mutation that is generated by a specific base editor (e.g., cytidine base editor or adenosine base editor) bound to a guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA), specifically designed to generate the intended mutation.
In general, mutations made or identified in a sequence (e.g., an amino acid sequence as described herein) are numbered in relation to a reference (or wild type) sequence, i.e., a sequence that does not contain the mutations. The skilled practitioner in the art would readily understand how to determine the position of mutations in amino acid and nucleic acid sequences relative to a reference sequence.
The term “non-conservative mutations” involve amino acid substitutions between different groups, for example, lysine for tryptophan, or phenylalanine for serine, etc. In this case, it is preferable for the non-conservative amino acid substitution to not interfere with, or inhibit the biological activity of, the functional variant. The non-conservative amino acid substitution can enhance the biological activity of the functional variant, such that the biological activity of the functional variant is increased as compared to the wild-type protein.
The term “nuclear localization sequence,” “nuclear localization signal,” or “NLS” refers to an amino acid sequence that promotes import of a protein into the cell nucleus. Nuclear localization sequences are known in the art and described, for example, in Plank et al., International PCT application, PCT/EP2000/011690, filed Nov. 23, 2000, published as WO/2001/038547 on May 31, 2001, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference for their disclosure of exemplary nuclear localization sequences. In other embodiments, the NLS is an optimized NLS described, for example, by Koblan et al., Nature Biotech. 2018 doi:10.1038/nbt.4172. In some embodiments, an NLS comprises the amino acid sequence
The term “nucleobase,” “nitrogenous base,” or “base,” used interchangeably herein, refers to a nitrogen-containing biological compound that forms a nucleoside, which in turn is a component of a nucleotide. The ability of nucleobases to form base pairs and to stack one upon another leads directly to long-chain helical structures such as ribonucleic acid (RNA) and deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). Five nucleobases—adenine (A), cytosine (C), guanine (G), thymine (T), and uracil (U)—are called primary or canonical. Adenine and guanine are derived from purine, and cytosine, uracil, and thymine are derived from pyrimidine. DNA and RNA can also contain other (non-primary) bases that are modified. Non-limiting exemplary modified nucleobases can include hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7-methylguanine, 5,6-dihydrouracil, 5-methylcytosine (m5C), and 5-hydromethylcytosine. Hypoxanthine and xanthine can be created through mutagen presence, both of them through deamination (replacement of the amine group with a carbonyl group). Hypoxanthine can be modified from adenine. Xanthine can be modified from guanine. Uracil can result from deamination of cytosine. A “nucleoside” consists of a nucleobase and a five carbon sugar (either ribose or deoxyribose). Examples of a nucleoside include adenosine, guanosine, uridine, cytidine, 5-methyluridine (m5U), deoxyadenosine, deoxyguanosine, thymidine, deoxyuridine, and deoxycytidine. Examples of a nucleoside with a modified nucleobase includes inosine (I), xanthosine (X), 7-methylguanosine (m7G), dihydrouridine (D), 5-methylcytidine (m5C), and pseudouridine (Ψ). A “nucleotide” consists of a nucleobase, a five carbon sugar (either ribose or deoxyribose), and at least one phosphate group.
The terms “nucleic acid” and “nucleic acid molecule,” as used herein, refer to a compound comprising a nucleobase and an acidic moiety, e.g., a nucleoside, a nucleotide, or a polymer of nucleotides. Typically, polymeric nucleic acids, e.g., nucleic acid molecules comprising three or more nucleotides are linear molecules, in which adjacent nucleotides are linked to each other via a phosphodiester linkage. In some embodiments, “nucleic acid” refers to individual nucleic acid residues (e.g. nucleotides and/or nucleosides). In some embodiments, “nucleic acid” refers to an oligonucleotide chain comprising three or more individual nucleotide residues. As used herein, the terms “oligonucleotide”, “polynucleotide”, and “polynucleic acid” can be used interchangeably to refer to a polymer of nucleotides (e.g., a string of at least three nucleotides). In some embodiments, “nucleic acid” encompasses RNA as well as single and/or double-stranded DNA. Nucleic acids can be naturally occurring, for example, in the context of a genome, a transcript, mRNA, tRNA, rRNA, siRNA, snRNA, a plasmid, cosmid, chromosome, chromatid, or other naturally occurring nucleic acid molecules. On the other hand, a nucleic acid molecule can be a non-naturally occurring molecule, e.g., a recombinant DNA or RNA, an artificial chromosome, an engineered genome, or fragment thereof, or a synthetic DNA, RNA, DNA/RNA hybrid, or including non-naturally occurring nucleotides or nucleosides. Furthermore, the terms “nucleic acid”, “DNA”, “RNA”, and/or similar terms include nucleic acid analogs, e.g., analogs having other than a phosphodiester backbone. Nucleic acids can be purified from natural sources, produced using recombinant expression systems and optionally purified, chemically synthesized, etc. Where appropriate, e.g., in the case of chemically synthesized molecules, nucleic acids can comprise nucleoside analogs such as analogs having chemically modified bases or sugars, and backbone modifications. A nucleic acid sequence is presented in the 5′ to 3′ direction unless otherwise indicated. In some embodiments, a nucleic acid is or comprises natural nucleosides (e.g. adenosine, thymidine, guanosine, cytidine, uridine, deoxyadenosine, deoxythymidine, deoxyguanosine, and deoxycytidine); nucleoside analogs (e.g., 2-aminoadenosine, 2-thiothymidine, inosine, pyrrolopyrimidine, 3-methyl adenosine, 5-methylcytidine, 2-aminoadenosine, C5-bromouridine, C5-fluorouridine, C5-iodouridine, C5-propynyl-uridine, C5-propynyl-cytidine, C5-methylcytidine, 2-aminoadenosine, 7-deazaadenosine, 7-deazaguanosine, 8-oxoadenosine, 8-oxoguanosine, O6-methylguanine, and 2-thiocytidine); chemically modified bases; biologically modified bases (e.g., methylated bases); intercalated bases; modified sugars (e.g., 2′-fluororibose, ribose, 2′-deoxyribose, arabinose, and hexose); and/or modified phosphate groups (e.g., phosphorothioates and 5′-N-phosphoramidite linkages).
The term “nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein” or “napDNAbp” may be used interchangeably with “polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain” to refer to a protein that associates with a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA), such as a guide nucleic acid, that guides the napDNAbp to a specific nucleic acid sequence. For example, a Cas9 protein can associate with a guide RNA that guides the Cas9 protein to a specific DNA sequence that is complementary to the guide RNA. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a Cas9 domain, for example a nuclease active Cas9, a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease inactive Cas9 (dCas9). Examples of nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins include, without limitation, Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, and Cas12i. Other nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins are also within the scope of this disclosure, although they may not be specifically listed in this disclosure. See, e.g., Makarova et al. “Classification and Nomenclature of CRISPR-Cas Systems: Where from Here?” CRISPR J. 2018 October; 1:325-336. doi: 10.1089/crispr.2018.0033; Yan et al., “Functionally diverse type V CRISPR-Cas systems” Science. 2019 Jan. 4; 363(6422):88-91. doi: 10.1126/science.aav7271, the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference.
The terms “nucleobase editing domain” or “nucleobase editing protein”, as used herein, refers to a protein or enzyme that can catalyze a nucleobase modification in RNA or DNA, such as cytosine (or cytidine) to uracil (or uridine) or thymine (or thymidine), and adenine (or adenosine) to hypoxanthine (or inosine) deaminations, as well as non-templated nucleotide additions and insertions. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain is a deaminase domain (e.g., a cytidine deaminase, a cytosine deaminase, an adenine deaminase, or an adenosine deaminase). In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain can be a naturally occurring nucleobase editing domain. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain can be an engineered or evolved nucleobase editing domain from the naturally occurring nucleobase editing domain. The nucleobase editing domain can be from any organism, such as a bacterium, human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse. For example, nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
As used herein, “obtaining” as in “obtaining an agent” includes synthesizing, purchasing, or otherwise acquiring the agent.
A “patient” or “subject” as used herein refers to a mammalian subject or individual diagnosed with, at risk of having or developing, or suspected of having or developing a disease or a disorder. In some embodiments, the term “patient” refers to a mammalian subject with a higher than average likelihood of developing a disease or a disorder. Exemplary patients can be humans, non-human primates, cats, dogs, pigs, cattle, cats, horses, camels, llamas, goats, sheep, rodents (e.g., mice, rabbits, rats, or guinea pigs) and other mammalians that can benefit from the therapies disclosed herein. Exemplary human patients can be male and/or female.
“Patient in need thereof” or “subject in need thereof” is referred to herein as a patient diagnosed with or suspected of having a disease or disorder, for instance, but not restricted to alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD).
The terms “pathogenic mutation”, “pathogenic variant”, “disease casing mutation”, “disease causing variant”, “deleterious mutation”, or “predisposing mutation” refers to a genetic alteration or mutation that increases an individual's susceptibility or predisposition to a certain disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the pathogenic mutation comprises at least one wild-type amino acid substituted by at least one pathogenic amino acid in a protein encoded by a gene.
The terms “protein”, “peptide”, “polypeptide”, and their grammatical equivalents are used interchangeably herein, and refer to a polymer of amino acid residues linked together by peptide (amide) bonds. The terms refer to a protein, peptide, or polypeptide of any size, structure, or function. Typically, a protein, peptide, or polypeptide will be at least three amino acids long. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can refer to an individual protein or a collection of proteins. One or more of the amino acids in a protein, peptide, or polypeptide can be modified, for example, by the addition of a chemical entity such as a carbohydrate group, a hydroxyl group, a phosphate group, a farnesyl group, an isofarnesyl group, a fatty acid group, a linker for conjugation, functionalization, or other modifications, etc. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can also be a single molecule or can be a multi-molecular complex. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can be just a fragment of a naturally occurring protein or peptide. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can be naturally occurring, recombinant, or synthetic, or any combination thereof. The term “fusion protein” as used herein refers to a hybrid polypeptide which comprises protein domains from at least two different proteins. One protein can be located at the amino-terminal (N-terminal) portion of the fusion protein or at the carboxy-terminal (C-terminal) protein thus forming an amino-terminal fusion protein or a carboxy-terminal fusion protein, respectively. A protein can comprise different domains, for example, a nucleic acid binding domain (e.g., the gRNA binding domain of Cas9 that directs the binding of the protein to a target site) and a nucleic acid cleavage domain, or a catalytic domain of a nucleic acid editing protein. In some embodiments, a protein comprises a proteinaceous part, e.g., an amino acid sequence constituting a nucleic acid binding domain, and an organic compound, e.g., a compound that can act as a nucleic acid cleavage agent. In some embodiments, a protein is in a complex with, or is in association with, a nucleic acid, e.g., RNA or DNA. Any of the proteins provided herein can be produced by any method known in the art. For example, the proteins provided herein can be produced via recombinant protein expression and purification, which is especially suited for fusion proteins comprising a peptide linker. Methods for recombinant protein expression and purification are well known, and include those described by Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Polypeptides and proteins disclosed herein (including functional portions and functional variants thereof) can comprise synthetic amino acids in place of one or more naturally-occurring amino acids. Such synthetic amino acids are known in the art, and include, for example, aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, norleucine, α-amino n-decanoic acid, homoserine, S-acetylaminomethyl-cysteine, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, 4-aminophenylalanine, 4-nitrophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, β-phenylserine β-hydroxyphenylalanine, phenylglycine, α-naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, N′-benzyl-N′-methyl-lysine, N′,N′-dibenzyl-lysine, 6-hydroxylysine, ornithine, α-aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid, α-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, α-aminocycloheptane carboxylic acid, α-(2-amino-2-norbornane)-carboxylic acid, α,γ-diaminobutyric acid, α,β-diaminopropionic acid, homophenylalanine, and α-tert-butylglycine. The polypeptides and proteins can be associated with post-translational modifications of one or more amino acids of the polypeptide constructs. Non-limiting examples of post-translational modifications include phosphorylation, acylation including acetylation and formylation, glycosylation (including N-linked and O-linked), amidation, hydroxylation, alkylation including methylation and ethylation, ubiquitylation, addition of pyrrolidone carboxylic acid, formation of disulfide bridges, sulfation, myristoylation, palmitoylation, isoprenylation, farnesylation, geranylation, glypiation, lipoylation and iodination.
The term “polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain” refers to a protein that associates with a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA), such as a guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA), that guides the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain to a specific nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable RNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a Cas9 protein. A Cas9 protein can associate with a guide RNA that guides the Cas9 protein to a specific DNA sequence that has complementary to the guide RNA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a Cas9 domain, for example a nuclease active Cas9, a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease inactive Cas9 (dCas9). Non-limiting examples of nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins include Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, and Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, and Cas12i. Non-limiting examples of Cas enzymes include Cas1, Cas1B, Cas2, Cas3, Cas4, Cas5, Cas5d, Cas5t, Cas5h, Cas5a, Cas6, Cas7, Cas8, Cas8a, Cas8b, Cas8c, Cas9 (also known as Csn1 or Csx12), Cas10, Cas10d, Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, Cas12i, Csy1, Csy2, Csy3, Csy4, Cse1, Cse2, Cse3, Cse4, Cse5e, Csc1, Csc2, Csa5, Csn1, Csn2, Csm1, Csm2, Csm3, Csm4, Csm5, Csm6, Cmr1, Cmr3, Cmr4, Cmr5, Cmr6, Csb1, Csb2, Csb3, Csx17, Csx14, Csx10, Csx16, CsaX, Csx3, Csx1, Csx1S, Csx11, Csf1, Csf2, CsO, Csf4, Csd1, Csd2, Cst1, Cst2, Csh1, Csh2, Csa1, Csa2, Csa3, Csa4, Csa5, Type II Cas effector proteins, Type V Cas effector proteins, Type VI Cas effector proteins, CARF, DinG, homologues thereof, or modified or engineered versions thereof. Other nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins are also within the scope of this disclosure, though they are not specifically listed in this disclosure.
The term “recombinant” as used herein in the context of proteins or nucleic acids refers to proteins or nucleic acids that do not occur in nature, but are the product of human engineering. For example, in some embodiments, a recombinant protein or nucleic acid molecule comprises an amino acid or nucleotide sequence that comprises at least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, or at least seven mutations as compared to any naturally occurring sequence.
By “reduces” is meant a negative alteration of at least 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100%.
By “reference” is meant a standard or control condition. In one embodiment, the reference is a wild-type or healthy cell.
A “reference sequence” is a defined sequence used as a basis for sequence comparison. A reference sequence may be a subset of or the entirety of a specified sequence; for example, a segment of a full-length cDNA or gene sequence, or the complete cDNA or gene sequence. For polypeptides, the length of the reference polypeptide sequence will generally be at least about 16 amino acids, preferably at least about 20 amino acids, more preferably at least about 25 amino acids, and even more preferably about 35 amino acids, about 50 amino acids, or about 100 amino acids. For nucleic acids, the length of the reference nucleic acid sequence will generally be at least about 50 nucleotides, preferably at least about 60 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 75 nucleotides, and even more preferably about 100 nucleotides or about 300 nucleotides or any integer thereabout or therebetween.
The term “RNA-programmable nuclease,” and “RNA-guided nuclease” are used with (e.g., binds or associates with) one or more RNA(s) that is not a target for cleavage. In some embodiments, an RNA-programmable nuclease, when in a complex with an RNA, may be referred to as a nuclease:RNA complex. Typically, the bound RNA(s) is referred to as a guide RNA (gRNA). gRNAs can exist as a complex of two or more RNAs, or as a single RNA molecule. gRNAs that exist as a single RNA molecule may be referred to as single-guide RNAs (sgRNAs), though “gRNA” is used interchangeably to refer to guide RNAs that exist as either single molecules or as a complex of two or more molecules. Typically, gRNAs that exist as single RNA species comprise two domains: (1) a domain that shares homology to a target nucleic acid (e.g., and directs binding of a Cas9 complex to the target); and (2) a domain that binds a Cas9 protein. In some embodiments, domain (2) corresponds to a sequence known as a tracrRNA, and comprises a stem-loop structure. For example, in some embodiments, domain (2) is identical or homologous to a tracrRNA as provided in Jinek et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is incorporated herein by reference. Other examples of gRNAs (e.g., those including domain 2) can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application, U.S. Ser. No. 61/874,682, filed Sep. 6, 2013, entitled “Switchable Cas9 Nucleases and Uses Thereof,” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application, U.S. Ser. No. 61/874,746, filed Sep. 6, 2013, entitled “Delivery System For Functional Nucleases,” the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, a gRNA comprises two or more of domains (1) and (2), and may be referred to as an “extended gRNA.” For example, an extended gRNA will, e.g., bind two or more Cas9 proteins and bind a target nucleic acid at two or more distinct regions, as described herein. The gRNA comprises a nucleotide sequence that complements a target site, which mediates binding of the nuclease/RNA complex to said target site, providing the sequence specificity of the nuclease:RNA complex. In some embodiments, the RNA-programmable nuclease is the (CRISPR-associated system) Cas9 endonuclease, for example, Cas9 (Csn1) from Streptococcus pyogenes (See, e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti J. J., McShan W. M., Ajdic D. J., Savic D. J., Savic G., Lyon K., Primeaux C, Sezate S., Suvorov A. N., Kenton S., Lai H. S., Lin S. P., Qian Y., Jia H. G., Najar F. Z., Ren Q., Zhu H., Song L., White J., Yuan X., Clifton S. W., Roe B. A., McLaughlin R. E., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98:4658-4663(2001); “CRISPR RNA maturation by trans-encoded small RNA and host factor RNase III.” Deltcheva E., Chylinski K., Sharma C M., Gonzales K., Chao Y., Pirzada Z. A., Eckert M. R., Vogel J., Charpentier E., Nature 471:602-607(2011).
The term “single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP)” is a variation in a single nucleotide that occurs at a specific position in the genome, where each variation is present to some appreciable degree within a population (e.g. >1%). For example, at a specific base position in the human genome, the C nucleotide can appear in most individuals, but in a minority of individuals, the position is occupied by an A. This means that there is a SNP at this specific position, and the two possible nucleotide variations, C or A, are said to be alleles for this position. SNPs underlie differences in susceptibility to disease. The severity of illness and the way our body responds to treatments are also manifestations of genetic variations. SNPs can fall within coding regions of genes, non-coding regions of genes, or in the intergenic regions (regions between genes). In some embodiments, SNPs within a coding sequence do not necessarily change the amino acid sequence of the protein that is produced, due to degeneracy of the genetic code. SNPs in the coding region are of two types: synonymous and nonsynonymous SNPs. Synonymous SNPs do not affect the protein sequence, while nonsynonymous SNPs change the amino acid sequence of protein. The nonsynonymous SNPs are of two types: missense and nonsense. SNPs that are not in protein-coding regions can still affect gene splicing, transcription factor binding, messenger RNA degradation, or the sequence of noncoding RNA. Gene expression affected by this type of SNP is referred to as an eSNP (expression SNP) and can be upstream or downstream from the gene. A single nucleotide variant (SNV) is a variation in a single nucleotide without any limitations of frequency and can arise in somatic cells. A somatic single nucleotide variation (e.g., caused by cancer) can also be called a single-nucleotide alteration.
By “SERPINA1 polynucleotide” is meant a nucleic acid molecule encoding an A1AT protein or fragment thereof. The sequence of an exemplary SERPINA1 polynucleotide, which is available at NCBI Accession NO. NM_000295, is provided below:
The PAM sequence is shown in italics and double underlining, and the correct sequence after adenosine base editing is shown.
By “specifically binds” is meant a nucleic acid molecule, polypeptide, or complex thereof (e.g., a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding domain and guide nucleic acid), compound, or molecule that recognizes and binds a polypeptide and/or nucleic acid molecule of the invention, but which does not substantially recognize and bind other molecules in a sample, for example, a biological sample.
Nucleic acid molecules useful in the methods of the invention include any nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide of the invention or a fragment thereof. Such nucleic acid molecules need not be 100% identical with an endogenous nucleic acid sequence, but will typically exhibit substantial identity. Polynucleotides having “substantial identity” to an endogenous sequence are typically capable of hybridizing with at least one strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule. Nucleic acid molecules useful in the methods of the invention include any nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide of the invention or a fragment thereof. Such nucleic acid molecules need not be 100% identical with an endogenous nucleic acid sequence, but will typically exhibit substantial identity. Polynucleotides having “substantial identity” to an endogenous sequence are typically capable of hybridizing with at least one strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule. By “hybridize” is meant pair to form a double-stranded molecule between complementary polynucleotide sequences (e.g., a gene described herein), or portions thereof, under various conditions of stringency. (See, e.g., Wahl, G. M. and S. L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399; Kimmel, A. R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507).
For example, stringent salt concentration will ordinarily be less than about 750 mM NaCl and 75 mM trisodium citrate, preferably less than about 500 mM NaCl and 50 mM trisodium citrate, and more preferably less than about 250 mM NaCl and 25 mM trisodium citrate. Low stringency hybridization can be obtained in the absence of organic solvent, e.g., formamide, while high stringency hybridization can be obtained in the presence of at least about 35% formamide, and more preferably at least about 50% formamide. Stringent temperature conditions will ordinarily include temperatures of at least about 30° C., more preferably of at least about 37° C., and most preferably of at least about 42° C. Varying additional parameters, such as hybridization time, the concentration of detergent, e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), and the inclusion or exclusion of carrier DNA, are well known to those skilled in the art. Various levels of stringency are accomplished by combining these various conditions as needed. In a preferred: embodiment, hybridization will occur at 30° C. in 750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate, and 1% SDS. In a more preferred embodiment, hybridization will occur at 37° C. in 500 mM NaCl, 50 mM trisodium citrate, 1% SDS, 35% formamide, and 100 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA (ssDNA). In a most preferred embodiment, hybridization will occur at 42° C. in 250 mM NaCl, 25 mM trisodium citrate, 1% SDS, 50% formamide, and 200 μg/ml ssDNA. Useful variations on these conditions will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art.
For most applications, washing steps that follow hybridization will also vary in stringency. Wash stringency conditions can be defined by salt concentration and by temperature. As above, wash stringency can be increased by decreasing salt concentration or by increasing temperature. For example, stringent salt concentration for the wash steps will preferably be less than about 30 mM NaCl and 3 mM trisodium citrate, and most preferably less than about 15 mM NaCl and 1.5 mM trisodium citrate. Stringent temperature conditions for the wash steps will ordinarily include a temperature of at least about 25° C., more preferably of at least about 42° C., and even more preferably of at least about 68° C. In a preferred embodiment, wash steps will occur at 25° C. in 30 mM NaCl, 3 mM trisodium citrate, and 0.1% SDS. In a more preferred embodiment, wash steps will occur at 42 C in 15 mM NaCl, 1.5 mM trisodium citrate, and 0.1% SDS. In a more preferred embodiment, wash steps will occur at 68° C. in 15 mM NaCl, 1.5 mM trisodium citrate, and 0.1% SDS. Additional variations on these conditions will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. Hybridization techniques are well known to those skilled in the art and are described, for example, in Benton and Davis (Science 196:180, 1977); Grunstein and Hogness (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 72:3961, 1975); Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Wiley Interscience, New York, 2001); Berger and Kimmel (Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, 1987, Academic Press, New York); and Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York.
By “substantially identical” is meant a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule exhibiting at least 50% identity to a reference amino acid sequence (for example, any one of the amino acid sequences described herein) or nucleic acid sequence (for example, any one of the nucleic acid sequences described herein). Preferably, such a sequence is at least 60%, more preferably 80% or 85%, and more preferably 90%, 95% or even 99% identical at the amino acid level or nucleic acid to the sequence used for comparison.
Sequence identity is typically measured using sequence analysis software (for example, Sequence Analysis Software Package of the Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin Biotechnology Center, 1710 University Avenue, Madison, Wis. 53705, BLAST, BESTFIT, GAP, or PILEUP/PRETTYBOX programs). Such software matches identical or similar sequences by assigning degrees of homology to various substitutions, deletions, and/or other modifications. Conservative substitutions typically include substitutions within the following groups: glycine, alanine; valine, isoleucine, leucine; aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine; serine, threonine; lysine, arginine; and phenylalanine, tyrosine. In an exemplary approach to determining the degree of identity, a BLAST program may be used, with a probability score between e−3 and e−100 indicating a closely related sequence. COBALT is used, for example, with the following parameters:
By “subject” is meant a mammal, including, but not limited to, a human or non-human mammal, such as a bovine, equine, canine, ovine, or feline.
The term “target site” refers to a sequence within a nucleic acid molecule that is modified by a nucleobase editor. In one embodiment, the target site is deaminated by a deaminase or a fusion protein comprising a deaminase (e.g., a cytidine or an adenine deaminase).
Because RNA-programmable nucleases (e.g., Cas9) use RNA:DNA hybridization to target DNA cleavage sites, these proteins are able to be targeted, in principle, to any sequence specified by the guide RNA. Methods of using RNA-programmable nucleases, such as Cas9, for site-specific cleavage (e.g., to modify a genome) are known in the art (see e.g., Cong, L. et ah, Multiplex genome engineering using CRISPR/Cas systems. Science 339, 819-823 (2013); Mali, P. et ah, RNA-guided human genome engineering via Cas9. Science 339, 823-826 (2013); Hwang, W. Y. et ah, Efficient genome editing in zebrafish using a CRISPR-Cas system. Nature biotechnology 31, 227-229 (2013); Jinek, M. et ah, RNA-programmed genome editing in human cells. eLife 2, e00471 (2013); Dicarlo, J. E. et ah, Genome engineering in Saccharomyces cerevisiae using CRISPR-Cas systems. Nucleic acids research (2013); Jiang, W. et ah RNA-guided editing of bacterial genomes using CRISPR-Cas systems. Nature biotechnology 31, 233-239 (2013); the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference).
As used herein, the terms “treat,” treating,” “treatment,” and the like refer to reducing or ameliorating a disorder and/or symptoms associated therewith or obtaining a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect. It will be appreciated that, although not precluded, treating a disorder or condition does not require that the disorder, condition or symptoms associated therewith be completely eliminated. In some embodiments, the effect is therapeutic, i.e., without limitation, the effect partially or completely reduces, diminishes, abrogates, abates, alleviates, decreases the intensity of, or cures a disease and/or adverse symptom attributable to the disease. In some embodiments, the effect is preventative, i.e., the effect protects or prevents an occurrence or reoccurrence of a disease or condition. To this end, the presently disclosed methods comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compositions as described herein.
By “uracil glycosylase inhibitor” is meant an agent that inhibits the uracil-excision repair system. In one embodiment, the agent is a protein or fragment thereof that binds a host uracil-DNA glycosylase and prevents removal of uracil residues from DNA.
Ranges provided herein are understood to be shorthand for all of the values within the range. For example, a range of 1 to 50 is understood to include any number, combination of numbers, or sub-range from the group consisting 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50.
The recitation of a listing of chemical groups in any definition of a variable herein includes definitions of that variable as any single group or combination of listed groups. The recitation of an embodiment for a variable or aspect herein includes that embodiment as any single embodiment or in combination with any other embodiments or portions thereof.
Any compositions or methods provided herein can be combined with one or more of any of the other compositions and methods provided herein.
DNA editing has emerged as a viable means to modify disease states by correcting pathogenic mutations at the genetic level. Until recently, all DNA editing platforms have functioned by inducing a DNA double strand break (DSB) at a specified genomic site and relying on endogenous DNA repair pathways to determine the product outcome in a semi-stochastic manner, resulting in complex populations of genetic products. Though precise, user-defined repair outcomes can be achieved through the homology directed repair (HDR) pathway, a number of challenges have prevented high efficiency repair using HDR in therapeutically-relevant cell types. In practice, this pathway is inefficient relative to the competing, error-prone non-homologous end joining pathway. Further, HDR is tightly restricted to the G1 and S phases of the cell cycle, preventing precise repair of DSBs in post-mitotic cells. As a result, it has proven difficult or impossible to alter genomic sequences in a user-defined, programmable manner with high efficiencies in these populations.
Disclosed herein is a base editor or a nucleobase editor for editing, modifying or altering a target nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide. Described herein is a nucleobase editor or a base editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a nucleobase editing domain. A polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain, when in conjunction with a bound guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA), can specifically bind to a target polynucleotide sequence (i.e., via complementary base pairing between bases of the bound guide nucleic acid and bases of the target polynucleotide sequence) and thereby localize the base editor to the target nucleic acid sequence desired to be edited. In some embodiments, the target polynucleotide sequence comprises single-stranded DNA or double-stranded DNA. In some embodiments, the target polynucleotide sequence comprises RNA. In some embodiments, the target polynucleotide sequence comprises a DNA-RNA hybrid.
The term “polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain” refers to a protein that associates with a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA), such as a guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA), that guides the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain to a specific nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable RNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a Cas9 protein. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a Cpf1 protein.
It should be appreciated that polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domains can also include nucleic acid programmable proteins that bind RNA. For example, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be associated with a nucleic acid that guides the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain to an RNA. Other nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins are also within the scope of this disclosure, though they are not specifically listed in this disclosure.
A polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain of a base editor can itself comprise one or more domains. For example, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise one or more nuclease domains. In some embodiments, the nuclease domain of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise an endonuclease or an exonuclease. Herein the term “exonuclease” refers to a protein or polypeptide capable of digesting a nucleic acid (e.g., RNA or DNA) from free ends, and the term “endonuclease” refers to a protein or polypeptide capable of catalyzing (e.g. cleaving) internal regions in a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA). In some embodiments, an endonuclease can cleave a single strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid. In some embodiments, an endonuclease can cleave both strands of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be a deoxyribonuclease. In some embodiments a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be a ribonuclease.
In some embodiments, a nuclease domain of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can cut zero, one, or two strands of a target polynucleotide. In some cases, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise a nickase domain. Herein the term “nickase” refers to a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising a nuclease domain that is capable of cleaving only one strand of the two strands in a duplexed nucleic acid molecule (e.g. DNA). In some embodiments, a nickase can be derived from a fully catalytically active (e.g. natural) form of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain by introducing one or more mutations into the active polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. For example, where a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprises a nickase domain derived from Cas9, the Cas9-derived nickase domain can include a D10A mutation and a histidine at position 840. In such cases, the residue H840 retains catalytic activity and can thereby cleave a single strand of the nucleic acid duplex. In another example, a Cas9-derived nickase domain can comprise an H840A mutation, while the amino acid residue at position 10 remains a D. In some embodiments, a nickase can be derived from a fully catalytically active (e.g. natural) form of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain by removing all or a portion of a nuclease domain that is not required for the nickase activity. For example, where a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprises a nickase domain derived from Cas9, the Cas9-derived nickase domain can comprise a deletion of all or a portion of the RuvC domain or the HNH domain.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary catalytically active Cas9 is as follows:
A base editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising a nickase domain is thus able to generate a single-strand DNA break (nick) at a specific polynucleotide target sequence (e.g. determined by the complementary sequence of a bound guide nucleic acid). In some embodiments, the strand of a nucleic acid duplex target polynucleotide sequence that is cleaved by a base editor comprising a nickase domain (e.g. Cas9-derived nickase domain) is the strand that is not edited by the base editor (i.e., the strand that is cleaved by the base editor is opposite to a strand comprising a base to be edited). In other embodiments, a base editor comprising a nickase domain (e.g. Cas9-derived nickase domain) can cleave the strand of a DNA molecule which is being targeted for editing. In such cases, the non-targeted strand is not cleaved.
Also provided herein are base editors comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain which is catalytically dead (i.e., incapable of cleaving a target polynucleotide sequence). Herein the terms “catalytically dead” and “nuclease dead” are used interchangeably to refer to a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain which has one or more mutations and/or deletions resulting in its inability to cleave a strand of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain base editor can lack nuclease activity as a result of specific point mutations in one or more nuclease domains. For example, in the case of a base editor comprising a Cas9 domain, the Cas9 can comprise both a D10A mutation and an H840A mutation. Such mutations inactivate both nuclease domains, thereby resulting in the loss of nuclease activity. In other embodiments, a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise one or more deletions of all or a portion of a catalytic domain (e.g. RuvC1 and/or HNH domains). In further embodiments, a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprises a point mutation (e.g. D10A or H840A) as well as a deletion of all or a portion of a nuclease domain.
Also contemplated herein are mutations capable of generating a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain from a previously functional version of the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. For example, in the case of catalytically dead Cas9 (“dCas9”), variants having mutations other than D10A and H840A are provided, which result in nuclease inactivated Cas9. Such mutations, by way of example, include other amino acid substitutions at D10 and H840, or other substitutions within the nuclease domains of Cas9 (e.g., substitutions in the HNH nuclease subdomain and/or the RuvC1 subdomain). Additional suitable nuclease-inactive dCas9 domains can be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure and knowledge in the field, and are within the scope of this disclosure. Such additional exemplary suitable nuclease-inactive Cas9 domains include, but are not limited to, D10A/H840A, D10A/D839A/H840A, and D10A/D839A/H840A/N863A mutant domains (See, e.g., Prashant et al., CAS9 transcriptional activators for target specificity screening and paired nickases for cooperative genome engineering. Nature Biotechnology. 2013; 31(9): 833-838, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
Non-limiting examples of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain which can be incorporated into a base editor include a CRISPR protein-derived domain, a restriction nuclease, a meganuclease, TAL nuclease (TALEN), and a zinc finger nuclease (ZFN). In some cases, a base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising a natural or modified protein or portion thereof which via a bound guide nucleic acid is capable of binding to a nucleic acid sequence during CRISPR (i.e., Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats)-mediated modification of a nucleic acid. Such a protein is referred to herein as a “CRISPR protein”. Accordingly, disclosed herein is a base editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising all or a portion of a CRISPR protein (i.e. a base editor comprising as a domain all or a portion of a CRISPR protein, also referred to as a “CRISPR protein-derived domain” of the base editor). A CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor can be modified compared to a wild-type or natural version of the CRISPR protein. For example, as described below a CRISPR protein-derived domain can comprise one or more mutations, insertions, deletions, rearrangements and/or recombinations relative to a wild-type or natural version of the CRISPR protein.
CRISPR is an adaptive immune system that provides protection against mobile genetic elements (viruses, transposable elements and conjugative plasmids). CRISPR clusters contain spacers, sequences complementary to antecedent mobile elements, and target invading nucleic acids. CRISPR clusters are transcribed and processed into CRISPR RNA (crRNA). In type II CRISPR systems correct processing of pre-crRNA requires a trans-encoded small RNA (tracrRNA), endogenous ribonuclease 3 (mc) and a Cas9 protein. The tracrRNA serves as a guide for ribonuclease 3-aided processing of pre-crRNA. Subsequently, Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the spacer. The target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, and then trimmed 3′-5′ exonucleolytically. In nature, DNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs. However, single guide RNAs (“sgRNA”, or simply “gNRA”) can be engineered so as to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species. See, e.g., Jinek M., Chylinski K., Fonfara I., Hauer M., Doudna J. A., Charpentier E. Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Cas9 recognizes a short motif in the CRISPR repeat sequences (the PAM or protospacer adjacent motif) to help distinguish self versus non-self.
In some embodiments, the methods described herein can utilize an engineered Cas protein. A guide RNA (gRNA) is a short synthetic RNA composed of a scaffold sequence necessary for Cas-binding and a user-defined ˜20 nucleotide spacer that defines the genomic target to be modified. Thus, a skilled artisan can change the genomic target of the Cas protein specificity is partially determined by how specific the gRNA targeting sequence is for the genomic target compared to the rest of the genome.
In some embodiments, the gRNA scaffold sequence is as follows: GUUUUAGAGC UAGAAAUAGC AAGUUAAAAU AAGGCUAGUC CGUUAUCAAC UUGAAAAAGU GGCACCGAGU CGGUGCUUUU (SEQ ID NO: 49).
In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor is an endonuclease (e.g., deoxyribonuclease or ribonuclease) capable of binding a target polynucleotide when in conjunction with a bound guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor is a nickase capable of binding a target polynucleotide when in conjunction with a bound guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor is a catalytically dead domain capable of binding a target polynucleotide when in conjunction with a bound guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a target polynucleotide bound by a CRISPR protein derived domain of a base editor is DNA. In some embodiments, a target polynucleotide bound by a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor is RNA.
Cas proteins that can be used herein include class 1 and class 2. Non-limiting examples of Cas proteins include Cas1, Cas1B, Cas2, Cas3, Cas4, Cas5, Cas5d, Cas5t, Cas5h, Cas5a, Cas6, Cas7, Cas8, Cas9 (also known as Csn1 or Csx12), Cas10, Csy1, Csy2, Csy3, Csy4, Cse1, Cse2, Cse3, Cse4, Cse5e, Csc1, Csc2, Csa5, Csn1, Csn2, Csm1, Csm2, Csm3, Csm4, Csm5, Csm6, Cmr1, Cmr3, Cmr4, Cmr5, Cmr6, Csb1, Csb2, Csb3, Csx17, Csx14, Csx10, Csx16, CsaX, Csx3, Csx1, Csx1S, Csf1, Csf2, CsO, Csf4, Csd1, Csd2, Cst1, Cst2, Csh1, Csh2, Csa1, Csa2, Csa3, Csa4, Csa5, Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, and Cas12i CARF, DinG, homologues thereof, or modified versions thereof. An unmodified CRISPR enzyme can have DNA cleavage activity, such as Cas9, which has two functional endonuclease domains: RuvC and HNH. A CRISPR enzyme can direct cleavage of one or both strands at a target sequence, such as within a target sequence and/or within a complement of a target sequence. For example, a CRISPR enzyme can direct cleavage of one or both strands within about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100, 200, 500, or more base pairs from the first or last nucleotide of a target sequence.
A vector that encodes a CRISPR enzyme that is mutated to with respect, to a corresponding wild-type enzyme such that the mutated CRISPR enzyme lacks the ability to cleave one or both strands of a target polynucleotide containing a target sequence can be used. Cas9 can refer to a polypeptide with at least or at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity and/or sequence homology to a wild type exemplary Cas9 polypeptide (e.g., Cas9 from S. pyogenes). Cas9 can refer to a polypeptide with at most or at most about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity and/or sequence homology to a wild type exemplary Cas9 polypeptide (e.g., from S. pyogenes). Cas9 can refer to the wild type or a modified form of the Cas9 protein that can comprise an amino acid change such as a deletion, insertion, substitution, variant, mutation, fusion, chimera, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor can include all or a portion of Cas9 from Corynebacterium ulcerans (NCBI Refs: NC_015683.1, NC_017317.1); Corynebacterium diphtheria (NCBI Refs: NC_016782.1, NC_016786.1); Spiroplasma syrphidicola (NCBI Ref: NC_021284.1); Prevotella intermedia (NCBI Ref: NC_017861.1); Spiroplasma taiwanense (NCBI Ref: NC_021846.1); Streptococcus iniae (NCBI Ref: NC_021314.1); Belliella baltica (NCBI Ref: NC_018010.1); Psychoflexus torquis (NCBI Ref: NC_018721.1); Streptococcus thermophilus (NCBI Ref: YP_820832.1); Listeria innocua (NCBI Ref: NP_472073.1); Campylobacter jejuni (NCBI Ref: YP_002344900.1); Neisseria meningitidis (NCBI Ref: YP_002342100.1), Streptococcus pyogenes, or Staphylococcus aureus.
The term “Cas9” or “Cas9 domain” refers to an RNA guided nuclease comprising a Cas9 protein, or a fragment thereof (e.g., a protein comprising an active, inactive, or partially active DNA cleavage domain of Cas9, and/or the gRNA binding domain of Cas9). A Cas9 nuclease is also referred to sometimes as a casn1 nuclease or a CRISPR (clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeat) associated nuclease. An exemplary Cas9, is Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (spCas9), the amino acid sequence of which is provided below:
LLFGSGETAEATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNEMAKVDDSFFHR
MGHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPV
ENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFIKDDS
IDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLT
KAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIR
EVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKKY
PKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEIT
LANGEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQ
TGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWDPKKYGGFDSPTVAYSVLVVAKVEK
Cas9 nuclease sequences and structures are well known to those of skill in the art (See, e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti et al., J. J., McShan W. M., Ajdic D. J., Savic D. J., Savic G., Lyon K., Primeaux C, Sezate S., Suvorov A. N., Kenton S., Lai H. S., Lin S. P., Qian Y., Jia H. G., Najar F. Z., Ren Q., Zhu H., Song L., White J., Yuan X., Clifton S. W., Roe B. A., McLaughlin R. E., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98:4658-4663(2001); “CRISPR RNA maturation by trans-encoded small RNA and host factor RNase III.” Deltcheva E., Chylinski K., Sharma C. M., Gonzales K., Chao Y., Pirzada Z. A., Eckert M. R., Vogel J., Charpentier E., Nature 471:602-607(2011); and “A programmable dual-RNA-guided DNA endonuclease in adaptive bacterial immunity.” Jinek M., Chylinski K., Fonfara I., Hauer M., Doudna J. A., Charpentier E. Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). Cas9 orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus. Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
In some aspects, a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) is a Cas9 domain. Non-limiting, exemplary Cas9 domains are provided herein. The Cas9 domain may be a nuclease active Cas9 domain, a nuclease inactive Cas9 domain, or a Cas9 nickase. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a nuclease active domain. For example, the Cas9 domain may be a Cas9 domain that cuts both strands of a duplexed nucleic acid (e.g., both strands of a duplexed DNA molecule). In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises any one of the amino acid sequences as set forth herein. In some embodiments the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more mutations compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 150, at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 500, at least 600, at least 700, at least 800, at least 900, at least 1000, at least 1100, or at least 1200 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein.
In some embodiments, proteins comprising fragments of Cas9 are provided. For example, in some embodiments, a protein comprises one of two Cas9 domains: (1) the gRNA binding domain of Cas9; or (2) the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9. In some embodiments, proteins comprising Cas9 or fragments thereof are referred to as “Cas9 variants.” A Cas9 variant shares homology to Cas9, or a fragment thereof. For example, a Cas9 variant is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to wild type Cas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 variant may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more amino acid changes compared to wild type Cas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 variant comprises a fragment of Cas9 (e.g., a gRNA binding domain or a DNA-cleavage domain), such that the fragment is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to the corresponding fragment of wild type Cas9. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% identical, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the amino acid length of a corresponding wild type Cas9. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 100 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1050, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1250, or at least 1300 amino acids in length.
In some embodiments, Cas9 fusion proteins as provided herein comprise the full-length amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein, e.g., one of the Cas9 sequences provided herein. In other embodiments, however, fusion proteins as provided herein do not comprise a full-length Cas9 sequence, but only one or more fragments thereof. Exemplary amino acid sequences of suitable Cas9 domains and Cas9 fragments are provided herein, and additional suitable sequences of Cas9 domains and fragments will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
A Cas9 protein can associate with a guide RNA that guides the Cas9 protein to a specific DNA sequence that has complementary to the guide RNA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a Cas9 domain, for example a nuclease active Cas9, a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease inactive Cas9 (dCas9). Examples of nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins include, without limitation, Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), CasX, CasY, Cpf1, Cas12b/C2C1, and Cas12c/C2C3.
In some embodiments, wild type Cas9 corresponds to Cas9 from Streptococcus pyogenes (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_017053.1, nucleotide and amino acid sequences as follows).
KNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRL
SDYDVDHIVPOSFIKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKL
ITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLI
REVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTAEIKKYPKLESEFV
YGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIETNGET
GEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWD
In some embodiments, wild type Cas9 corresponds to, or comprises the following nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences:
GQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDI
NRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLL
NAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDEN
DKTIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKKYPKLE
SEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIET
NGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKK
In some embodiments, wild type Cas9 corresponds to Cas9 from Streptococcus pyogenes (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_002737.2 (nucleotide sequence as follows); and Uniprot Reference Sequence: Q99ZW2 (amino acid sequence as follows):
GQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDI
NRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLL
NAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDEN
DKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKKYPKLE
SEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIET
NGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKK
In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to Cas9 from: Corynebacterium ulcerans (NCBI Refs: NC_015683.1, NC_017317.1); Corynebacterium diphtheria (NCBI Refs: NC_016782.1, NC_016786.1); Spiroplasma syrphidicola (NCBI Ref: NC_021284.1); Prevotella intermedia (NCBI Ref: NC_017861.1); Spiroplasma taiwanense (NCBI Ref: NC_021846.1); Streptococcus iniae (NCBI Ref: NC_021314.1); Belliella baltica (NCBI Ref: NC_018010.1); Psychroflexus torquisI (NCBI Ref: NC_018721.1); Streptococcus thermophilus (NCBI Ref: YP_820832.1), Listeria innocua (NCBI Ref: NP_472073.1), Campylobacter jejuni (NCBI Ref: YP_002344900.1) or Neisseria meningitidis (NCBI Ref: YP_002342100.1) or to a Cas9 from any other organism.
It should be appreciated that additional Cas9 proteins (e.g., a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9), a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease active Cas9), including variants and homologs thereof, are within the scope of this disclosure. Exemplary Cas9 proteins include, without limitation, those provided below. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9). In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a nuclease active Cas9.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a nuclease-inactive Cas9 domain (dCas9). For example, the dCas9 domain may bind to a duplexed nucleic acid molecule (e.g., via a gRNA molecule) without cleaving either strand of the duplexed nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the nuclease-inactive dCas9 domain comprises a D10X mutation and a H840X mutation of the amino acid sequence set forth herein, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid change. In some embodiments, the nuclease-inactive dCas9 domain comprises a D10A mutation and a H840A mutation of the amino acid sequence set forth herein, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. As one example, a nuclease-inactive Cas9 domain comprises the amino acid sequence set forth in Cloning vector pPlatTET-gRNA2 (Accession No. BAV54124).
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary catalytically inactive Cas9 (dCas9) is as follows:
(see, e.g., Qi et al., “Repurposing CRISPR as an RNA-guided platform for sequence-specific control of gene expression.” Cell. 2013; 152(5):1173-83, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
In some embodiments, a Cas9 nuclease has an inactive (e.g., an inactivated) DNA cleavage domain, that is, the Cas9 is a nickase, referred to as an “nCas9” protein (for “nickase” Cas9). A nuclease-inactivated Cas9 protein may interchangeably be referred to as a “dCas9” protein (for nuclease-“dead” Cas9) or catalytically inactive Cas9. Methods for generating a Cas9 protein (or a fragment thereof) having an inactive DNA cleavage domain are known (See, e.g., Jinek et al., Science. 337:816-821(2012); Qi et al., “Repurposing CRISPR as an RNA-Guided Platform for Sequence-Specific Control of Gene Expression” (2013) Cell. 28; 152(5):1173-83, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). For example, the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9 is known to include two subdomains, the HNH nuclease subdomain and the RuvC1 subdomain. The HNH subdomain cleaves the strand complementary to the gRNA, whereas the RuvC1 subdomain cleaves the non-complementary strand. Mutations within these subdomains can silence the nuclease activity of Cas9. For example, the mutations D10A and H840A completely inactivate the nuclease activity of S. pyogenes Cas9 (Jinek et al., Science. 337:816-821(2012); Qi et al., Cell. 28; 152(5):1173-83 (2013)).
In some embodiments, the dCas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the dCas9 domains provided herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequences that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more or more mutations compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 150, at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 500, at least 600, at least 700, at least 800, at least 900, at least 1000, at least 1100, or at least 1200 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein.
In some embodiments, dCas9 corresponds to, or comprises in part or in whole, a Cas9 amino acid sequence having one or more mutations that inactivate the Cas9 nuclease activity. For example, in some embodiments, a dCas9 domain comprises D10A and an H840A mutation or corresponding mutations in another Cas9.
In some embodiments, the dCas9 comprises the amino acid sequence of dCas9 (D10A and H840A):
LLFDSGETAEATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNEMAKVDDSFFHR
MGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHP
VENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDAIVPQSFLKDD
SIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNL
TKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLI
REVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKK
YPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEI
TLANGEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEV
QTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWDPKKYGGFDSPTVAYSVLVVAKVE
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises a D10A mutation, while the residue at position 840 remains a histidine in the amino acid sequence provided above, or at corresponding positions in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
In other embodiments, dCas9 variants having mutations other than D10A and H840A are provided, which, e.g., result in nuclease inactivated Cas9 (dCas9). Such mutations, by way of example, include other amino acid substitutions at D10 and H840, or other substitutions within the nuclease domains of Cas9 (e.g., substitutions in the HNH nuclease subdomain and/or the RuvC1 subdomain). In some embodiments, variants or homologues of dCas9 are provided which are at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical. In some embodiments, variants of dCas9 are provided having amino acid sequences which are shorter, or longer, by about 5 amino acids, by about 10 amino acids, by about 15 amino acids, by about 20 amino acids, by about 25 amino acids, by about 30 amino acids, by about 40 amino acids, by about 50 amino acids, by about 75 amino acids, by about 100 amino acids or more.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a Cas9 nickase. The Cas9 nickase may be a Cas9 protein that is capable of cleaving only one strand of a duplexed nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a duplexed DNA molecule). In some embodiments, the Cas9 nickase cleaves the target strand of a duplexed nucleic acid molecule, meaning that the Cas9 nickase cleaves the strand that is base paired to (complementary to) a gRNA (e.g., an sgRNA) that is bound to the Cas9. In some embodiments, a Cas9 nickase comprises a D10A mutation and has a histidine at position 840. In some embodiments, the Cas9 nickase cleaves the non-target, non-base-edited strand of a duplexed nucleic acid molecule, meaning that the Cas9 nickase cleaves the strand that is not base paired to a gRNA (e.g., an sgRNA) that is bound to the Cas9. In some embodiments, a Cas9 nickase comprises an H840A mutation and has an aspartic acid residue at position 10, or a corresponding mutation. In some embodiments, the Cas9 nickase comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the Cas9 nickases provided herein. Additional suitable Cas9 nickases will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure and knowledge in the field, and are within the scope of this disclosure.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary catalytically Cas9 nickase (nCas9) is as follows:
In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to a Cas9 from archaea (e.g. nanoarchaea), which constitute a domain and kingdom of single-celled prokaryotic microbes. In some embodiments, the programmable nucleotide binding protein may be a CasX or CasY protein, which have been described in, for example, Burstein et al., “New CRISPR-Cas systems from uncultivated microbes.” Cell Res. 2017 Feb. 21. doi: 10.1038/cr.2017.21, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Using genome-resolved metagenomics, a number of CRISPR-Cas systems were identified, including the first reported Cas9 in the archaeal domain of life. This divergent Cas9 protein was found in little-studied nanoarchaea as part of an active CRISPR-Cas system. In bacteria, two previously unknown systems were discovered, CRISPR-CasX and CRISPR-CasY, which are among the most compact systems yet discovered. In some embodiments, in a base editor system described herein Cas9 is replaced by CasX, or a variant of CasX. In some embodiments, in a base editor system described herein Cas9 is replaced by CasY, or a variant of CasY. It should be appreciated that other RNA-guided DNA binding proteins may be used as a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp), and are within the scope of this disclosure.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) of any of the fusion proteins provided herein may be a CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a CasX protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to a naturally-occurring CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the programmable nucleotide binding protein is a naturally-occurring CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the programmable nucleotide binding protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to any CasX or CasY protein described herein. It should be appreciated that CasX and CasY from other bacterial species may also be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
An exemplary CasX ((uniprot.org/uniprot/FONN87; uniprot.org/uniprot/FONH53) tr|F0NN87|FONN87_SULIHCRISPR-associatedCasx protein OS=Sulfolobus islandicus (strain HVE10/4) GN=SiH_0402 PE=4 SV=1) amino acid sequence is as follows:
An exemplary CasX (>tr|F0NH53|F0NH53_SULIR CRISPR associated protein, Casx OS=Sulfolobus islandicus (strain REY15A) GN=SiRe_0771 PE=4 SV=1) amino acid sequence is as follows:
An exemplary CasY ((ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein/APG80656.1)>APG80656.1 CRISPR-associated protein CasY [uncultured Parcubacteria group bacterium]) amino acid sequence is as follows:
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) is a single effector of a microbial CRISPR-Cas system. Single effectors of microbial CRISPR-Cas systems include, without limitation, Cas9, Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, and Cas12c/C2c3. Typically, microbial CRISPR-Cas systems are divided into Class 1 and Class 2 systems. Class 1 systems have multisubunit effector complexes, while Class 2 systems have a single protein effector. For example, Cas9 and Cpf1 are Class 2 effectors. In addition to Cas9 and Cpf1, three distinct Class 2 CRISPR-Cas systems (Cas12b/C2c1, and Cas12c/C2c3) have been described by Shmakov et al., “Discovery and Functional Characterization of Diverse Class 2 CRISPR Cas Systems”, Mol. Cell, 2015 Nov. 5; 60(3): 385-397, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Effectors of two of the systems, Cas12b/C2c1, and Cas12c/C2c3, contain RuvC-like endonuclease domains related to Cpf1. A third system, contains an effector with two predicated HEPN RNase domains. Production of mature CRISPR RNA is tracrRNA-independent, unlike production of CRISPR RNA by Cas12b/C2c1. Cas12b/C2c1 depends on both CRISPR RNA and tracrRNA for DNA cleavage.
The crystal structure of Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris Cas12b/C2c1 (AacC2c1) has been reported in complex with a chimeric single-molecule guide RNA (sgRNA). See e.g., Liu et al., “C2c1-sgRNA Complex Structure Reveals RNA-Guided DNA Cleavage Mechanism”, Mol. Cell, 2017 Jan. 19; 65(2):310-322, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The crystal structure has also been reported in Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris C2c1 bound to target DNAs as ternary complexes. See e.g., Yang et al., “PAM-dependent Target DNA Recognition and Cleavage by C2C1 CRISPR-Cas endonuclease”, Cell, 2016 Dec. 15; 167(7):1814-1828, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Catalytically competent conformations of AacC2c1, both with target and non-target DNA strands, have been captured independently positioned within a single RuvC catalytic pocket, with Cas12b/C2c1-mediated cleavage resulting in a staggered seven-nucleotide break of target DNA. Structural comparisons between Cas12b/C2c1 ternary complexes and previously identified Cas9 and Cpf1 counterparts demonstrate the diversity of mechanisms used by CRISPR-Cas9 systems.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) of any of the fusion proteins provided herein may be a Cas12b/C2c1, or a Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a Cas12b/C2c1 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to a naturally-occurring Cas12b/C2c1 or Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a naturally-occurring Cas12b/C2c1 or Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to any one of the napDNAbp sequences provided herein. It should be appreciated that Cas12b/C2c1 or Cas12c/C2c3 from other bacterial species may also be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
A Cas12b/C2c1 ((uniprot.org/uniprot/TOD7A2 #2) sp|T0D7A2|C2C1_ALIAG CRISPR-associated endonuclease C2c1 OS=Alicyclobacillus acido-terrestris (strain ATCC 49025/DSM 3922/CIP 106132/NCIMB 13137/GD3B) GN=c2c1 PE=1 SV=1) amino acid sequence is as follows:
In some embodiments, the Cas12b is BvCas12B, which is a variant of BhCas12b and comprises the following changes relative to BhCas12B: S893R, K846R, and E837G. BvCas12b (Bacillus sp. V3-13) NCBI Reference Sequence: WP_101661451.1
The Cas9 nuclease has two functional endonuclease domains: RuvC and HNH. Cas9 undergoes a second conformational change upon target binding that positions the nuclease domains to cleave opposite strands of the target DNA. The end result of Cas9-mediated DNA cleavage is a double-strand break (DSB) within the target DNA (˜3-4 nucleotides upstream of the PAM sequence). The resulting DSB is then repaired by one of two general repair pathways: (1) the efficient but error-prone non-homologous end joining (NHEJ) pathway; or (2) the less efficient but high-fidelity homology directed repair (HDR) pathway.
The “efficiency” of non-homologous end joining (NHEJ) and/or homology directed repair (HDR) can be calculated by any convenient method. For example, in some cases, efficiency can be expressed in terms of percentage of successful HDR. For example, a surveyor nuclease assay can be used can be used to generate cleavage products and the ratio of products to substrate can be used to calculate the percentage. For example, a surveyor nuclease enzyme can be used that directly cleaves DNA containing a newly integrated restriction sequence as the result of successful HDR. More cleaved substrate indicates a greater percent HDR (a greater efficiency of HDR). As an illustrative example, a fraction (percentage) of HDR can be calculated using the following equation [(cleavage products)/(substrate plus cleavage products)] (e.g., (b+c)/(a+b+c), where “a” is the band intensity of DNA substrate and “b” and “c” are the cleavage products).
In some cases, efficiency can be expressed in terms of percentage of successful NHEJ. For example, a T7 endonuclease I assay can be used to generate cleavage products and the ratio of products to substrate can be used to calculate the percentage NHEJ. T7 endonuclease Icleaves mismatched heteroduplex DNA which arises from hybridization of wild-type and mutant DNA strands (NHEJ generates small random insertions or deletions (indels) at the site of the original break). More cleavage indicates a greater percent NHEJ (a greater efficiency of NHEJ). As an illustrative example, a fraction (percentage) of NHEJ can be calculated using the following equation: (1-(1-(b+c)/(a+b+c))1/2)×100, where “a” is the band intensity of DNA substrate and “b” and “c” are the cleavage products (Ran et. al., Cell. 2013 Sep. 12; 154(6):1380-9; and Ran et al., Nat Protoc. 2013 November; 8(11): 2281-2308).
The NHEJ repair pathway is the most active repair mechanism, and it frequently causes small nucleotide insertions or deletions (indels) at the DSB site. The randomness of NHEJ-mediated DSB repair has important practical implications, because a population of cells expressing Cas9 and a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can result in a diverse array of mutations. In most cases, NHEJ gives rise to small indels in the target DNA that result in amino acid deletions, insertions, or frameshift mutations leading to premature stop codons within the open reading frame (ORF) of the targeted gene. The ideal end result is a loss-of-function mutation within the targeted gene.
While NHEJ-mediated DSB repair often disrupts the open reading frame of the gene, homology directed repair (HDR) can be used to generate specific nucleotide changes ranging from a single nucleotide change to large insertions like the addition of a fluorophore or tag.
In order to utilize HDR for gene editing, a DNA repair template containing the desired sequence can be delivered into the cell type of interest with the gRNA(s) and Cas9 or Cas9 nickase. The repair template can contain the desired edit as well as additional homologous sequence immediately upstream and downstream of the target (termed left & right homology arms). The length of each homology arm can be dependent on the size of the change being introduced, with larger insertions requiring longer homology arms. The repair template can be a single-stranded oligonucleotide, double-stranded oligonucleotide, or a double-stranded DNA plasmid. The efficiency of HDR is generally low (<10% of modified alleles) even in cells that express Cas9, gRNA and an exogenous repair template. The efficiency of HDR can be enhanced by synchronizing the cells, since HDR takes place during the S and G2 phases of the cell cycle. Chemically or genetically inhibiting genes involved in NHEJ can also increase HDR frequency.
In some embodiments, Cas9 is a modified Cas9. A given gRNA targeting sequence can have additional sites throughout the genome where partial homology exists. These sites are called off-targets and need to be considered when designing a gRNA. In addition to optimizing gRNA design, CRISPR specificity can also be increased through modifications to Cas9. Cas9 generates double-strand breaks (DSBs) through the combined activity of two nuclease domains, RuvC and HNH. Cas9 nickase, a D10A mutant of SpCas9, retains one nuclease domain and generates a DNA nick rather than a DSB. The nickase system can also be combined with HDR-mediated gene editing for specific gene edits.
In some cases, Cas9 is a variant Cas9 protein. A variant Cas9 polypeptide has an amino acid sequence that is different by one amino acid (e.g., has a deletion, insertion, substitution, fusion) when compared to the amino acid sequence of a wild type Cas9 protein. In some instances, the variant Cas9 polypeptide has an amino acid change (e.g., deletion, insertion, or substitution) that reduces the nuclease activity of the Cas9 polypeptide. For example, in some instances, the variant Cas9 polypeptide has less than 50%, less than 40%, less than 30%, less than 20%, less than 10%, less than 5%, or less than 1% of the nuclease activity of the corresponding wild-type Cas9 protein. In some cases, the variant Cas9 protein has no substantial nuclease activity. When a subject Cas9 protein is a variant Cas9 protein that has no substantial nuclease activity, it can be referred to as “dCas9.”
In some cases, a variant Cas9 protein has reduced nuclease activity. For example, a variant Cas9 protein exhibits less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 1%, or less than about 0.1%, of the endonuclease activity of a wild-type Cas9 protein, e.g., a wild-type Cas9 protein.
In some cases, a variant Cas9 protein can cleave the complementary strand of a guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the non-complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence. For example, the variant Cas9 protein can have a mutation (amino acid substitution) that reduces the function of the RuvC domain. As a non-limiting example, in some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein has a D10A (aspartate to alanine at amino acid position 10) and can therefore cleave the complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the non-complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence (thus resulting in a single strand break (SSB) instead of a double strand break (DSB) when the variant Cas9 protein cleaves a double stranded target nucleic acid) (see, for example, Jinek et al., Science. 2012 Aug. 17; 337(6096):816-21).
In some cases, a variant Cas9 protein can cleave the non-complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the complementary strand of the guide target sequence. For example, the variant Cas9 protein can have a mutation (amino acid substitution) that reduces the function of the HNH domain (RuvC/HNH/RuvC domain motifs). As a non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein has an H840A (histidine to alanine at amino acid position 840) mutation and can therefore cleave the non-complementary strand of the guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the complementary strand of the guide target sequence (thus resulting in a SSB instead of a DSB when the variant Cas9 protein cleaves a double stranded guide target sequence). Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a guide target sequence (e.g., a single stranded guide target sequence) but retains the ability to bind a guide target sequence (e.g., a single stranded guide target sequence).
In some cases, a variant Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave both the complementary and the non-complementary strands of a double stranded target DNA. As a non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors both the D10A and the H840A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave both the complementary and the non-complementary strands of a double stranded target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA).
As another non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors W476A and W1126A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA).
As another non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA).
As another non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors H840A, W476A, and W1126A, mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). As another non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors H840A, D10A, W476A, and W1126A, mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). In some embodiments, the variant Cas9 has restored catalytic His residue at position 840 in the Cas9 HNH domain (A840H).
As another non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). As another non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors D10A, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). In some cases, when a variant Cas9 protein harbors W476A and W1126A mutations or when the variant Cas9 protein harbors P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations, the variant Cas9 protein does not bind efficiently to a PAM sequence. Thus, in some such cases, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method does not require a PAM sequence. In other words, in some cases, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method can include a guide RNA, but the method can be performed in the absence of a PAM sequence (and the specificity of binding is therefore provided by the targeting segment of the guide RNA). Other residues can be mutated to achieve the above effects (i.e., inactivate one or the other nuclease portions). As non-limiting examples, residues D10, G12, G17, E762, H840, N854, N863, H982, H983, A984, D986, and/or A987 can be altered (i.e., substituted). Also, mutations other than alanine substitutions are suitable.
In some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein that has reduced catalytic activity (e.g., when a Cas9 protein has a D10, G12, G17, E762, H840, N854, N863, H982, H983, A984, D986, and/or a A987 mutation, e.g., D10A, G12A, G17A, E762A, H840A, N854A, N863A, H982A, H983A, A984A, and/or D986A), the variant Cas9 protein can still bind to target DNA in a site-specific manner (because it is still guided to a target DNA sequence by a guide RNA) as long as it retains the ability to interact with the guide RNA.
In some embodiments, the variant Cas protein can be spCas9, spCas9-VRQR, spCas9-VRER, xCas9 (sp), saCas9, saCas9-KKH, spCas9-MQKSER, spCas9-LRKIQK, or spCas9-LRVSQL.
Alternatives to S. pyogenes Cas9 can include RNA-guided endonucleases from the Cpf1 family that display cleavage activity in mammalian cells. CRISPR from Prevotella and Francisella 1 (CRISPR/Cpf1) is a DNA-editing technology analogous to the CRISPR/Cas9 system. Cpf1 is an RNA-guided endonuclease of a class II CRISPR/Cas system. This acquired immune mechanism is found in Prevotella and Francisella bacteria. Cpf1 genes are associated with the CRISPR locus, coding for an endonuclease that use a guide RNA to find and cleave viral DNA. Cpf1 is a smaller and simpler endonuclease than Cas9, overcoming some of the CRISPR/Cas9 system limitations. Unlike Cas9 nucleases, the result of Cpf1-mediated DNA cleavage is a double-strand break with a short 3′ overhang. Cpf1's staggered cleavage pattern can open up the possibility of directional gene transfer, analogous to traditional restriction enzyme cloning, which can increase the efficiency of gene editing. Like the Cas9 variants and orthologues described above, Cpf1 can also expand the number of sites that can be targeted by CRISPR to AT-rich regions or AT-rich genomes that lack the NGG PAM sites favored by SpCas9. The Cpf1 locus contains a mixed alpha/beta domain, a RuvC-I followed by a helical region, a RuvC-II and a zinc finger-like domain. The Cpf1 protein has a RuvC-like endonuclease domain that is similar to the RuvC domain of Cas9. Furthermore, Cpf1 does not have a HNH endonuclease domain, and the N-terminal of Cpf1 does not have the alpha-helical recognition lobe of Cas9. Cpf1 CRISPR-Cas domain architecture shows that Cpf1 is functionally unique, being classified as Class 2, type V CRISPR system. The Cpf1 loci encode Cast, Cas2 and Cas4 proteins more similar to types I and III than from type II systems. Functional Cpf1 doesn't need the trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA), therefore, only CRISPR (crRNA) is required. This benefits genome editing because Cpf1 is not only smaller than Cas9, but also it has a smaller sgRNA molecule (proximately half as many nucleotides as Cas9). The Cpf1-crRNA complex cleaves target DNA or RNA by identification of a protospacer adjacent motif 5′-YTN-3′ in contrast to the G-rich PAM targeted by Cas9. After identification of PAM, Cpf1 introduces a sticky-end-like DNA double-stranded break of 4 or 5 nucleotides overhang.
Some aspects of the disclosure provide fusion proteins comprising domains that act as nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins, which may be used to guide a protein, such as a base editor, to a specific nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA) sequence. In particular embodiments, a fusion protein comprises a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein domain and a deaminase domain. DNA binding proteins include, without limitation, Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, and Cas12i. One example of a programmable polynucleotide-binding protein that has different PAM specificity than Cas9 is Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats from Prevotella and Francisella1 (Cpf1). Similar to Cas9, Cpf1 is also a class 2 CRISPR effector. It has been shown that Cpf1 mediates robust DNA interference with features distinct from Cas9. Cpf1 is a single RNA-guided endonuclease lacking tracrRNA, and it utilizes a T-rich protospacer-adjacent motif (TTN, TTTN, or YTN). Moreover, Cpf1 cleaves DNA via a staggered DNA double-stranded break. Out of 16 Cpf1-family proteins, two enzymes from Acidaminococcus and Lachnospiraceae are shown to have efficient genome-editing activity in human cells. Cpf1 proteins are known in the art and have been described previously, for example Yamano et al., “Crystal structure of Cpf1 in complex with guide RNA and target DNA.” Cell (165) 2016, p. 949-962; the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Also useful in the present compositions and methods are nuclease-inactive Cpf1 (dCpf1) variants that may be used as a guide nucleotide sequence-programmable polynucleotide-binding protein domain. The Cpf1 protein has a RuvC-like endonuclease domain that is similar to the RuvC domain of Cas9 but does not have a HNH endonuclease domain, and the N-terminal of Cpf1 does not have the alfa-helical recognition lobe of Cas9. It was shown in Zetsche et al., Cell, 163, 759-771, 2015 (which is incorporated herein by reference) that, the RuvC-like domain of Cpf1 is responsible for cleaving both DNA strands and inactivation of the RuvC-like domain inactivates Cpf1 nuclease activity. For example, mutations corresponding to D917A, E1006A, or D1255A in Francisella novicida Cpf1 inactivate Cpf1 nuclease activity. In some embodiments, the dCpf1 of the present disclosure comprises mutations corresponding to D917A, E1006A, D1255A, D917A/E1006A, D917A/D1255A, E1006A/D1255A, or D917A/E1006A/D1255A. It is to be understood that any mutations, e.g., substitution mutations, deletions, or insertions that inactivate the RuvC domain of Cpf1, may be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable nucleotide binding protein of any of the fusion proteins provided herein may be a Cpf1 protein. In some embodiments, the Cpf1 protein is a Cpf1 nickase (nCpf1). In some embodiments, the Cpf1 protein is a nuclease inactive Cpf1 (dCpf1). In some embodiments, the Cpf1, the nCpf1, or the dCpf1 comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to a Cpf1 sequence disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the dCpf1 comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to a Cpf1 sequence disclosed herein, and comprises mutations corresponding to D917A, E1006A, D1255A, D917A/E1006A, D917A/D1255A, E1006A/D1255A, or D917A/E1006A/D1255A. It should be appreciated that Cpf1 from other bacterial species may also be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
The amino acid sequence of wild type Francisella novicida Cpf1 follows. D917, E1006, and D1255 are bolded and underlined.
The amino acid sequence of Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A follows. (A917, E1006, and D1255 are bolded and underlined).
The amino acid sequence of Francisella novicida Cpf1 E1006A follows. (D917, A1006, and D1255 are bolded and underlined).
The amino acid sequence of Francisella novicida Cpf1 D1255A follows. (D917, E1006, and A1255 mutation positions are bolded and underlined).
The amino acid sequence of Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A/E1006A follows. (A917, A1006, and D1255 are bolded and underlined).
The amino acid sequence of Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A/D1255A follows. (A917, E1006, and A1255 are bolded and underlined).
The amino acid sequence of Francisella novicida Cpf1 E1006A/D1255A follows. (D917, A1006, and A1255 are bolded and underlined).
The amino acid sequence of Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A/E1006A/D1255A follows. (A917, A1006, and A1255 are bolded and underlined).
In some embodiments, one of the Cas9 domains present in the fusion protein may be replaced with a guide nucleotide sequence-programmable DNA-binding protein domain that has no requirements for a PAM sequence.
In some embodiments, the Cas domain is a Cas9 domain from Staphylococcus aureus (SaCas9). In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain is a nuclease active SaCas9, a nuclease inactive SaCas9 (SaCas9d), or a SaCas9 nickase (SaCas9n). In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain comprises a N579A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain, the SaCas9d domain, or the SaCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a non-canonical PAM. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain, the SaCas9d domain, or the SaCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a NNGRRT or a NNGRRT PAM sequence. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain comprises one or more of a E781X, a N967X, and a R1014X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain comprises one or more of a E781K, a N967K, and a R1014H mutation, or one or more corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain comprises a E781K, a N967K, or a R1014H mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary SaCas9 is as follows:
KRNYILGLDIGITSVGYGIIDYETRDVIDAGVRLFKEANVENNEGRRSKRGARRLKRRRR HRIQRVKKLLFDYNLLTDHSELSGINPYEARVKGLSQKLSEEEFSAALLHLAKRRGVHN VNEVEEDTGNELSTKEQISRNSKALEEKYVAELQLERLKKDGEVRGSINRFKTSDYVKE AKQLLKVQKAYHQLDQSFIDTYIDLLETRRTYYEGPGEGSPFGWKDIKEWYEMLMGHC TYFPEELRSVKYAYNADLYNALNDLNNLVITRDENEKLEYYEKFQIIENVFKQKKKPTL KQIAKEILVNEEDIKGYRVTSTGKPEFTNLKVYHDIKDITARKEIIENAELLDQIAKILTIY QSSEDIQEELTNLNSELTQEEIEQISNLKGYTGTHNLSLKAINLILDELWHTNDNQIAIFNR LKLVPKKVDLSQQKEIPTTLVDDFILSPVVKRSFIQSIKVINAIIKKYGLPNDIIIELAREKN SKDAQKMINEMQKRNRQTNERIEEIIRTTGKENAKYLIEKIKLHDMQEGKCLYSLEAIPL EDLLNNPFNYEVDHIIPRSVSFDNSFNNKVLVKQEENSKKGNRTPFQYLSSSDSKISYETF KKHILNLAKGKGRISKTKKEYLLEERDINRFSVQKDFINRNLVDTRYATRGLMNLLRSY FRVNNLDVKVKSINGGFTSFLRRKWKFKKERNKGYKHHAEDALIIANADFIFKEWKKL DKAKKVMENQMFEEKQAESMPEIETEQEYKEIFITPHQIKHIKDFKDYKYSHRVDKKPN RELINDTLYSTRKDDKGNTLIVNNLNGLYDKDNDKLKKLINKSPEKLLMYHHDPQTYQ KLKLIMEQYGDEKNPLYKYYEETGNYLTKYSKKDNGPVIKKIKYYGNKLNAHLDITDD YPNSRNKVVKLSLKPYRFDVYLDNGVYKFVTVKNLDVIKKENYYEVNSKCYEEAKKL KKISNQAEFIASFYNNDLIKINGELYRVIGVNNDLLNRIEVNMIDITYREYLENMNDKRP PRIIKTIASKTQSIKKYSTDILGNLYEVKSKKHPQIIKKG (SEQ ID NO: 75). In this sequence, residue N579, which is underlined and in bold, may be mutated (e.g., to a A579) to yield a SaCas9 nickase.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary SaCas9n is as follows:
In this sequence, residue A579, which can be mutated from N579 to yield a SaCas9 nickase, is underlined and in bold.
The amino acid sequences of an exemplary SaKKH Cas9 is as follows:
Residue A579 above, which can be mutated from N579 to yield a SaCas9 nickase, is underlined and in bold. Residues K781, K967, and H1014 above, which can be mutated from E781, N967, and R1014 to yield a SaKKH Cas9 are underlined and in italics.
Some aspects of the disclosure provide high fidelity Cas9 domains. In some embodiments, high fidelity Cas9 domains are engineered Cas9 domains comprising one or more mutations that decrease electrostatic interactions between the Cas9 domain and the sugar-phosphate backbone of a DNA, relative to a corresponding wild-type Cas9 domain. High fidelity Cas9 domains that have decreased electrostatic interactions with the sugar-phosphate backbone of DNA can have less off-target effects. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain (e.g., a wild type Cas9 domain) comprises one or more mutations that decrease the association between the Cas9 domain and the sugar-phosphate backbone of a DNA. In some embodiments, a Cas9 domain comprises one or more mutations that decreases the association between the Cas9 domain and the sugar-phosphate backbone of DNA by at least 1%, at least 2%, at least 3%, at least 4%, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, or at least 70%.
In some embodiments, any of the Cas9 fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more of a N497X, a R661X, a Q695X, and/or a Q926X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, any of the Cas9 fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more of a N497A, a R661A, a Q695A, and/or a Q926A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises a D10A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. Cas9 domains with high fidelity are known in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, Cas9 domains with high fidelity have been described in Kleinstiver, B. P., et al. “High-fidelity CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases with no detectable genome-wide off-target effects.” Nature 529, 490-495 (2016); and Slaymaker, I. M., et al. “Rationally engineered Cas9 nucleases with improved specificity.” Science 351, 84-88 (2015); the entire contents of each are incorporated herein by reference.
In some embodiments, the modified Cas9 is a high fidelity Cas9 enzyme. In some embodiments, the high fidelity Cas9 enzyme is SpCas9(K855A), eSpCas9(1.1), SpCas9-HF1, or hyper accurate Cas9 variant (HypaCas9). The modified Cas9 eSpCas9(1.1) contains alanine substitutions that weaken the interactions between the HNH/RuvC groove and the non-target DNA strand, preventing strand separation and cutting at off-target sites. Similarly, SpCas9-HF1 lowers off-target editing through alanine substitutions that disrupt Cas9's interactions with the DNA phosphate backbone. HypaCas9 contains mutations (SpCas9 N692A/M694A/Q695A/H698A) in the REC3 domain that increase Cas9 proofreading and target discrimination. All three high fidelity enzymes generate less off-target editing than wildtype Cas9.
An exemplary high fidelity Cas9 is provided below.
As used herein, the term “guide polynucleotide(s)” refer to a polynucleotide which can be specific for a target sequence and can form a complex with a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain protein (e.g., Cas9 or Cpf1). In an embodiment, the guide polynucleotide is a guide RNA. As used herein, the term “guide RNA (gRNA)” and its grammatical equivalents can refer to an RNA which can be specific for a target DNA and can form a complex with Cas protein. An RNA/Cas complex can assist in “guiding” Cas protein to a target DNA. Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the spacer. The target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, then trimmed 3′-5′ exonucleolytically. In nature, DNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs. However, single guide RNAs (“sgRNA”, or simply “gNRA”) can be engineered so as to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species. See, e.g., Jinek M. et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Cas9 recognizes a short motif in the CRISPR repeat sequences (the PAM or protospacer adjacent motif) to help distinguish self versus non-self. Cas9 nuclease sequences and structures are well known to those of skill in the art (see e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti, J. J. et al., Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98:4658-4663(2001); “CRISPR RNA maturation by trans-encoded small RNA and host factor RNase III.” Deltcheva E. et al., Nature 471:602-607(2011); and “Programmable dual-RNA-guided DNA endonuclease in adaptive bacterial immunity.” Jinek M. et al, Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). Cas9 orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus. Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences can be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, a Cas9 nuclease has an inactive (e.g., an inactivated) DNA cleavage domain, that is, the Cas9 is a nickase.
In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide is at least one single guide RNA (“sgRNA” or “gNRA”). In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide is at least one tracrRNA. In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide does not require PAM sequence to guide the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain (e.g., Cas9 or Cpf1) to the target nucleotide sequence.
The polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., a CRISPR-derived domain) of the base editors disclosed herein can recognize a target polynucleotide sequence by associating with a guide polynucleotide. A guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA) is typically single-stranded and can be programmed to site-specifically bind (i.e., via complementary base pairing) to a target sequence of a polynucleotide, thereby directing a base editor that is in conjunction with the guide nucleic acid to the target sequence. A guide polynucleotide can be DNA. A guide polynucleotide can be RNA. In some cases, the guide polynucleotide comprises natural nucleotides (e.g., adenosine). In some cases, the guide polynucleotide comprises non-natural (or unnatural) nucleotides (e.g., peptide nucleic acid or nucleotide analogs). In some cases, the targeting region of a guide nucleic acid sequence can be at least 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 nucleotides in length. A targeting region of a guide nucleic acid can be between 10-30 nucleotides in length, or between 15-25 nucleotides in length, or between 15-20 nucleotides in length.
In some embodiments, a guide polynucleotide comprises two or more individual polynucleotides, which can interact with one another via for example complementary base pairing (e.g. a dual guide polynucleotide). For example, a guide polynucleotide can comprise a CRISPR RNA (crRNA) and a trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA). For example, a guide polynucleotide can comprise one or more trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA).
In type II CRISPR systems, targeting of a nucleic acid by a CRISPR protein (e.g. Cas9) typically requires complementary base pairing between a first RNA molecule (crRNA) comprising a sequence that recognizes the target sequence and a second RNA molecule (trRNA) comprising repeat sequences which forms a scaffold region that stabilizes the guide RNA-CRISPR protein complex. Such dual guide RNA systems can be employed as a guide polynucleotide to direct the base editors disclosed herein to a target polynucleotide sequence.
In some embodiments, the base editor provided herein utilizes a single guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA). In some embodiments, the base editor provided herein utilizes a dual guide polynucleotide (e.g., dual gRNAs). In some embodiments, the base editor provided herein utilizes one or more guide polynucleotide (e.g., multiple gRNA). In some embodiments, a single guide polynucleotide is utilized for different base editors described herein. For example, a single guide polynucleotide can be utilized for a cytidine base editor and an adenosine base editor.
In other embodiments, a guide polynucleotide can comprise both the polynucleotide targeting portion of the nucleic acid and the scaffold portion of the nucleic acid in a single molecule (i.e., a single-molecule guide nucleic acid). For example, a single-molecule guide polynucleotide can be a single guide RNA (sgRNA or gRNA). Herein the term guide polynucleotide sequence contemplates any single, dual or multi-molecule nucleic acid capable of interacting with and directing a base editor to a target polynucleotide sequence.
Typically, a guide polynucleotide (e.g., crRNA/trRNA complex or a gRNA) comprises a “polynucleotide-targeting segment” that includes a sequence capable of recognizing and binding to a target polynucleotide sequence, and a “protein-binding segment” that stabilizes the guide polynucleotide within a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain component of a base editor. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide targeting segment of the guide polynucleotide recognizes and binds to a DNA polynucleotide, thereby facilitating the editing of a base in DNA. In other cases, the polynucleotide targeting segment of the guide polynucleotide recognizes and binds to an RNA polynucleotide, thereby facilitating the editing of a base in RNA. Herein a “segment” refers to a section or region of a molecule, e.g., a contiguous stretch of nucleotides in the guide polynucleotide. A segment can also refer to a region/section of a complex such that a segment can comprise regions of more than one molecule. For example, where a guide polynucleotide comprises multiple nucleic acid molecules, the protein-binding segment of can include all or a portion of multiple separate molecules that are for instance hybridized along a region of complementarily. In some embodiments, a protein-binding segment of a DNA-targeting RNA that comprises two separate molecules can comprise (i) base pairs 40-75 of a first RNA molecule that is 100 base pairs in length; and (ii) base pairs 10-25 of a second RNA molecule that is 50 base pairs in length. The definition of “segment,” unless otherwise specifically defined in a particular context, is not limited to a specific number of total base pairs, is not limited to any particular number of base pairs from a given RNA molecule, is not limited to a particular number of separate molecules within a complex, and can include regions of RNA molecules that are of any total length and can include regions with complementarity to other molecules.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can comprise two or more RNAs, e.g., CRISPR RNA (crRNA) and transactivating crRNA (tracrRNA). A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can sometimes comprise a single-chain RNA, or single guide RNA (sgRNA) formed by fusion of a portion (e.g., a functional portion) of crRNA and tracrRNA. A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be a dual RNA comprising a crRNA and a tracrRNA. Furthermore, a crRNA can hybridize with a target DNA.
As discussed above, a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be an expression product. For example, a DNA that encodes a guide RNA can be a vector comprising a sequence coding for the guide RNA. A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be transferred into a cell by transfecting the cell with an isolated guide RNA or plasmid DNA comprising a sequence coding for the guide RNA and a promoter. A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be transferred into a cell in other way, such as using virus-mediated gene delivery.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be isolated. For example, a guide RNA can be transfected in the form of an isolated RNA into a cell or organism. A guide RNA can be prepared by in vitro transcription using any in vitro transcription system known in the art. A guide RNA can be transferred to a cell in the form of isolated RNA rather than in the form of plasmid comprising encoding sequence for a guide RNA.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can comprise three regions: a first region at the 5′ end that can be complementary to a target site in a chromosomal sequence, a second internal region that can form a stem loop structure, and a third 3′ region that can be single-stranded. A first region of each guide RNA can also be different such that each guide RNA guides a fusion protein to a specific target site. Further, second and third regions of each guide RNA can be identical in all guide RNAs.
A first region of a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be complementary to sequence at a target site in a chromosomal sequence such that the first region of the guide RNA can base pair with the target site. In some cases, a first region of a guide RNA can comprise from or from about 10 nucleotides to 25 nucleotides (i.e., from 10 nucleotides to nucleotides; or from about 10 nucleotides to about 25 nucleotides; or from 10 nucleotides to about 25 nucleotides; or from about 10 nucleotides to 25 nucleotides) or more. For example, a region of base pairing between a first region of a guide RNA and a target site in a chromosomal sequence can be or can be about 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, or more nucleotides in length. Sometimes, a first region of a guide RNA can be or can be about 19, 20, or 21 nucleotides in length.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also comprise a second region that forms a secondary structure. For example, a secondary structure formed by a guide RNA can comprise a stem (or hairpin) and a loop. A length of a loop and a stem can vary. For example, a loop can range from or from about 3 to 10 nucleotides in length, and a stem can range from or from about 6 to 20 base pairs in length. A stem can comprise one or more bulges of 1 to 10 or about 10 nucleotides. The overall length of a second region can range from or from about 16 to 60 nucleotides in length. For example, a loop can be or can be about 4 nucleotides in length and a stem can be or can be about 12 base pairs.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also comprise a third region at the 3′ end that can be essentially single-stranded. For example, a third region is sometimes not complementarity to any chromosomal sequence in a cell of interest and is sometimes not complementarity to the rest of a guide RNA. Further, the length of a third region can vary. A third region can be more than or more than about 4 nucleotides in length. For example, the length of a third region can range from or from about 5 to 60 nucleotides in length.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can target any exon or intron of a gene target. In some cases, a guide can target exon 1 or 2 of a gene, in other cases; a guide can target exon 3 or 4 of a gene. A composition can comprise multiple guide RNAs that all target the same exon or in some cases, multiple guide RNAs that can target different exons. An exon and an intron of a gene can be targeted.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can target a nucleic acid sequence of or of about 20 nucleotides. A target nucleic acid can be less than or less than about 20 nucleotides. A target nucleic acid can be at least or at least about 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, or anywhere between 1-100 nucleotides in length. A target nucleic acid can be at most or at most about 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 40, 50, or anywhere between 1-100 nucleotides in length. A target nucleic acid sequence can be or can be about 20 bases immediately 5′ of the first nucleotide of the PAM. A guide RNA can target a nucleic acid sequence. A target nucleic acid can be at least or at least about 1-10, 1-20, 1-30, 1-40, 1-50, 1-60, 1-70, 1-80, 1-90, or 1-100 nucleotides.
A guide polynucleotide, for example, a guide RNA, can refer to a nucleic acid that can hybridize to another nucleic acid, for example, the target nucleic acid or protospacer in a genome of a cell. A guide polynucleotide can be RNA. A guide polynucleotide can be DNA. The guide polynucleotide can be programmed or designed to bind to a sequence of nucleic acid site-specifically. A guide polynucleotide can comprise a polynucleotide chain and can be called a single guide polynucleotide. A guide polynucleotide can comprise two polynucleotide chains and can be called a double guide polynucleotide. A guide RNA can be introduced into a cell or embryo as an RNA molecule. For example, a RNA molecule can be transcribed in vitro and/or can be chemically synthesized. An RNA can be transcribed from a synthetic DNA molecule, e.g., a gBlocks® gene fragment. A guide RNA can then be introduced into a cell or embryo as an RNA molecule. A guide RNA can also be introduced into a cell or embryo in the form of a non-RNA nucleic acid molecule, e.g., DNA molecule. For example, a DNA encoding a guide RNA can be operably linked to promoter control sequence for expression of the guide RNA in a cell or embryo of interest. A RNA coding sequence can be operably linked to a promoter sequence that is recognized by RNA polymerase III (Pol III). Plasmid vectors that can be used to express guide RNA include, but are not limited to, px330 vectors and px333 vectors. In some cases, a plasmid vector (e.g., px333 vector) can comprise at least two guide RNA-encoding DNA sequences.
Methods for selecting, designing, and validating guide polynucleotides, e.g. guide RNAs and targeting sequences are described herein and known to those skilled in the art. For example, to minimize the impact of potential substrate promiscuity of a deaminase domain in the nucleobase editor system (e.g., an AID domain), the number of residues that could unintentionally be targeted for deamination (e.g., off-target C residues that could potentially reside on ssDNA within the target nucleic acid locus) may be minimized. In addition, software tools can be used to optimize the gRNAs corresponding to a target nucleic acid sequence, e.g., to minimize total off-target activity across the genome. For example, for each possible targeting domain choice using S. pyogenes Cas9, all off-target sequences (preceding selected PAMs, e.g. NAG or NGG) may be identified across the genome that contain up to certain number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10) of mismatched base-pairs. First regions of gRNAs complementary to a target site can be identified, and all first regions (e.g. crRNAs) can be ranked according to its total predicted off-target score; the top-ranked targeting domains represent those that are likely to have the greatest on-target and the least off-target activity. Candidate targeting gRNAs can be functionally evaluated by using methods known in the art and/or as set forth herein.
As a non-limiting example, target DNA hybridizing sequences in crRNAs of a guide RNA for use with Cas9s may be identified using a DNA sequence searching algorithm. gRNA design may be carried out using custom gRNA design software based on the public tool cas-offinder as described in Bae S., Park J., & Kim J.-S. Cas-OFFinder: A fast and versatile algorithm that searches for potential off-target sites of Cas9 RNA-guided endonucleases. Bioinformatics 30, 1473-1475 (2014). This software scores guides after calculating their genome-wide off-target propensity. Typically matches ranging from perfect matches to 7 mismatches are considered for guides ranging in length from 17 to 24. Once the off-target sites are computationally-determined, an aggregate score is calculated for each guide and summarized in a tabular output using a web-interface. In addition to identifying potential target sites adjacent to PAM sequences, the software also identifies all PAM adjacent sequences that differ by 1, 2, 3 or more than 3 nucleotides from the selected target sites. Genomic DNA sequences for a target nucleic acid sequence, e.g. a target gene may be obtained and repeat elements may be screened using publically available tools, for example, the RepeatMasker program. RepeatMasker searches input DNA sequences for repeated elements and regions of low complexity. The output is a detailed annotation of the repeats present in a given query sequence.
Following identification, first regions of guide RNAs, e.g. crRNAs, may be ranked into tiers based on their distance to the target site, their orthogonality and presence of 5′ nucleotides for close matches with relevant PAM sequences (for example, a 5′ G based on identification of close matches in the human genome containing a relevant PAM e.g., NGG PAM for S. pyogenes, NNGRRT or NNGRRV PAM for S. aureus). As used herein, orthogonality refers to the number of sequences in the human genome that contain a minimum number of mismatches to the target sequence. A “high level of orthogonality” or “good orthogonality” may, for example, refer to 20-mer targeting domains that have no identical sequences in the human genome besides the intended target, nor any sequences that contain one or two mismatches in the target sequence. Targeting domains with good orthogonality may be selected to minimize off-target DNA cleavage.
In some embodiments, a reporter system may be used for detecting base-editing activity and testing candidate guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, a reporter system may comprise a reporter gene based assay where base editing activity leads to expression of the reporter gene. For example, a reporter system may include a reporter gene comprising a deactivated start codon, e.g., a mutation on the template strand from 3′-TAC-5′ to 3′-CAC-5′. Upon successful deamination of the target C, the corresponding mRNA will be transcribed as 5′-AUG-3′ instead of 5′-GUG-3′, enabling the translation of the reporter gene. Suitable reporter genes will be apparent to those of skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of reporter genes include gene encoding green fluorescence protein (GFP), red fluorescence protein (RFP), luciferase, secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP), or any other gene whose expression are detectable and apparent to those skilled in the art. The reporter system can be used to test many different gRNAs, e.g., in order to determine which residue(s) with respect to the target DNA sequence the respective deaminase will target. sgRNAs that target non-template strand can also be tested in order to assess off-target effects of a specific base editing protein, e.g. a Cas9 deaminase fusion protein. In some embodiments, such gRNAs can be designed such that the mutated start codon will not be base-paired with the gRNA. The guide polynucleotides can comprise standard ribonucleotides, modified ribonucleotides (e.g., pseudouridine), ribonucleotide isomers, and/or ribonucleotide analogs. In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide can comprise at least one detectable label. The detectable label can be a fluorophore (e.g., FAM, TMR, Cy3, Cy5, Texas Red, Oregon Green, Alexa Fluors, Halo tags, or suitable fluorescent dye), a detection tag (e.g., biotin, digoxigenin, and the like), quantum dots, or gold particles.
The guide polynucleotides can be synthesized chemically, synthesized enzymatically, or a combination thereof. For example, the guide RNA can be synthesized using standard phosphoramidite-based solid-phase synthesis methods. Alternatively, the guide RNA can be synthesized in vitro by operably linking DNA encoding the guide RNA to a promoter control sequence that is recognized by a phage RNA polymerase. Examples of suitable phage promoter sequences include T7, T3, SP6 promoter sequences, or variations thereof. In embodiments in which the guide RNA comprises two separate molecules (e.g., crRNA and tracrRNA), the crRNA can be chemically synthesized and the tracrRNA can be enzymatically synthesized.
In some embodiments, a base editor system may comprise multiple guide polynucleotides, e.g. gRNAs. For example, the gRNAs may target to one or more target loci (e.g., at least 1 gRNA, at least 2 gRNA, at least 5 gRNA, at least 10 gRNA, at least 20 gRNA, at least 30 g RNA, at least 50 gRNA) comprised in a base editor system. Said multiple gRNA sequences can be tandemly arranged and are preferably separated by a direct repeat.
A DNA sequence encoding a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be part of a vector. Further, a vector can comprise additional expression control sequences (e.g., enhancer sequences, Kozak sequences, polyadenylation sequences, transcriptional termination sequences, etc.), selectable marker sequences (e.g., GFP or antibiotic resistance genes such as puromycin), origins of replication, and the like. A DNA molecule encoding a guide RNA can also be linear. A DNA molecule encoding a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be circular.
In some embodiments, one or more components of a base editor system may be encoded by DNA sequences. Such DNA sequences may be introduced into an expression system, e.g. a cell, together or separately. For example, DNA sequences encoding a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a guide RNA may be introduced into a cell, each DNA sequence can be part of a separate molecule (e.g., one vector containing the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain coding sequence and a second vector containing the guide RNA coding sequence) or both can be part of a same molecule (e.g., one vector containing coding (and regulatory) sequence for both the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and the guide RNA).
A guide polynucleotide can comprise one or more modifications to provide a nucleic acid with a new or enhanced feature. A guide polynucleotide can comprise a nucleic acid affinity tag. A guide polynucleotide can comprise synthetic nucleotide, synthetic nucleotide analog, nucleotide derivatives, and/or modified nucleotides.
In some cases, a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can comprise modifications. A modification can be made at any location of a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. More than one modification can be made to a single gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. A gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can undergo quality control after a modification. In some cases, quality control can include PAGE, HPLC, MS, or any combination thereof.
A modification of a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can be a substitution, insertion, deletion, chemical modification, physical modification, stabilization, purification, or any combination thereof.
A gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be modified by 5′adenylate, 5′ guanosine-triphosphate cap, 5′N7-Methylguanosine-triphosphate cap, 5′triphosphate cap, 3′phosphate, 3′thiophosphate, 5′phosphate, 5′thiophosphate, Cis-Syn thymidine dimer, trimers, C12 spacer, C3 spacer, C6 spacer, dSpacer, PC spacer, rSpacer, Spacer 18, Spacer 9,3′-3′ modifications, 5′-5′ modifications, abasic, acridine, azobenzene, biotin, biotin BB, biotin TEG, cholesteryl TEG, desthiobiotin TEG, DNP TEG, DNP-X, DOTA, dT-Biotin, dual biotin, PC biotin, psoralen C2, psoralen C6, TINA, 3′DABCYL, black hole quencher 1, black hole quencer 2, DABCYL SE, dT-DABCYL, IRDye QC-1, QSY-21, QSY-35, QSY-7, QSY-9, carboxyl linker, thiol linkers, 2′-deoxyribonucleoside analog purine, 2′-deoxyribonucleoside analog pyrimidine, ribonucleoside analog, 2′-O-methyl ribonucleoside analog, sugar modified analogs, wobble/universal bases, fluorescent dye label, 2′-fluoro RNA, 2′-O-methyl RNA, methylphosphonate, phosphodiester DNA, phosphodiester RNA, phosphothioate DNA, phosphorothioate RNA, UNA, pseudouridine-5′-triphosphate, 5′-methylcytidine-5′-triphosphate, or any combination thereof.
In some cases, a modification is permanent. In other cases, a modification is transient. In some cases, multiple modifications are made to a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. A gRNA or a guide polynucleotide modification can alter physiochemical properties of a nucleotide, such as their conformation, polarity, hydrophobicity, chemical reactivity, base-pairing interactions, or any combination thereof.
A modification can also be a phosphorothioate substitute. In some cases, a natural phosphodiester bond can be susceptible to rapid degradation by cellular nucleases and; a modification of internucleotide linkage using phosphorothioate (PS) bond substitutes can be more stable towards hydrolysis by cellular degradation. A modification can increase stability in a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. A modification can also enhance biological activity. In some cases, a phosphorothioate enhanced RNA gRNA can inhibit RNase A, RNase T1, calf serum nucleases, or any combinations thereof. These properties can allow the use of PS-RNA gRNAs to be used in applications where exposure to nucleases is of high probability in vivo or in vitro. For example, phosphorothioate (PS) bonds can be introduced between the last 3-5 nucleotides at the 5′- or “-end of a gRNA which can inhibit exonuclease degradation. In some cases, phosphorothioate bonds can be added throughout an entire gRNA to reduce attack by endonucleases.
The term “protospacer adjacent motif (PAM)” or PAM-like motif refers to a 2-6 base pair DNA sequence immediately following the DNA sequence targeted by the Cas9 nuclease in the CRISPR bacterial adaptive immune system. In some embodiments, the PAM can be a 5′ PAM (i.e., located upstream of the 5′ end of the protospacer). In other embodiments, the PAM can be a 3′ PAM (i.e., located downstream of the 5′ end of the protospacer).
The protospacer adjacent motif (PAM) or PAM-like motif refers to a 2-6 base pair DNA sequence immediately following the DNA sequence targeted by the Cas9 nuclease in the CRISPR bacterial adaptive immune system. In some embodiments, the PAM can be a 5′ PAM (i.e., located upstream of the 5′ end of the protospacer). In other embodiments, the PAM can be a 3′ PAM (i.e., located downstream of the 5′ end of the protospacer). The PAM sequence is essential for target binding, but the exact sequence depends on a type of Cas protein.
A base editor provided herein can comprise a CRISPR protein-derived domain that is capable of binding a nucleotide sequence that contains a canonical or non-canonical protospacer adjacent motif (PAM) sequence. A PAM site is a nucleotide sequence in proximity to a target polynucleotide sequence. Some aspects of the disclosure provide for base editors comprising all or a portion of CRISPR proteins that have different PAM specificities. For example, typically Cas9 proteins, such as Cas9 from S. pyogenes (spCas9), require a canonical NGG PAM sequence to bind a particular nucleic acid region, where the “N” in “NGG” is adenine (A), thymine (T), guanine (G), or cytosine (C), and the G is guanine. A PAM can be CRISPR protein-specific and can be different between different base editors comprising different CRISPR protein-derived domains. A PAM can be 5′ or 3′ of a target sequence. A PAM can be upstream or downstream of a target sequence. A PAM can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more nucleotides in length. Often, a PAM is between 2-6 nucleotides in length.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a Cas9 domain from Streptococcus pyogenes (SpCas9). In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain is a nuclease active SpCas9, a nuclease inactive SpCas9 (SpCas9d), or a SpCas9 nickase (SpCas9n). In some embodiments, the SpCas9 comprises a D9X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid except for D. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 comprises a D9A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain, the SpCas9d domain, or the SpCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a non-canonical PAM. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain, the SpCas9d domain, or the SpCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having an NGG, a NGA, or a NGCG PAM sequence. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1135X, a R1335X, and a T1336X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1135E, R1335Q, and T1336R mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises a D1135E, a R1335Q, and a T1336R mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1135X, a R1335X, and a T1336X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1135V, a R1335Q, and a T1336R mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises a D1135V, a R1335Q, and a T1336R mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1135X, a G1217X, a R1335X, and a T1336X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1135V, a G1217R, a R1335Q, and a T1336R mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises a D1135V, a G1217R, a R1335Q, and a T1336R mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domains of any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to a Cas9 polypeptide described herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domains of any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprises the amino acid sequence of any Cas9 polypeptide described herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domains of any of the fusion proteins provided herein consists of the amino acid sequence of any Cas9 polypeptide described herein.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpCas9 is as follows:
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpCas9n is as follows:
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpEQR Cas9 is as follows:
MDKKYSIGLAIGTNSVGWAVITDEYKVPSKKFKVLGNTDRHSIKKNLIGALLFDSGETA EATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNEMAKVDDSFFHRLEESFVEEDKKHERHPIFG NIVDEVAYHEKYPTIYHLRKKLVDSTDKADLRLIYLALAHMIKFRGHFLIEGDLNPDNS DVDKLFIQLVQTYNQLFEENPINASGVDAKAILSARLSKSRRLENLIAQLPGEKKNGLFG NLIALSLGLTPNFKSNFDLAEDAKLQLSKDTYDDDLDNLLAQIGDQYADLFLAAKNLSD AILLSDILRVNTEITKAPLSASMIKRYDEHHQDLTLLKALVRQQLPEKYKEIFFDQSKNG YAGYIDGGASQEEFYKFIKPILEKMDGTEELLVKLNREDLLRKQRTFDNGSIPHQIHLGE LHAILRRQEDFYPFLKDNREKIEKILTFRIPYYVGPLARGNSRFAWMTRKSEETITPWNF EEVVDKGASAQSFIERMTNFDKNLPNEKVLPKHSLLYEYFTVYNELTKVKYVTEGMRK PAFLSGEQKKAIVDLLFKTNRKVTVKQLKEDYFKKIECFDSVEISGVEDRFNASLGTYH DLLKIIKDKDFLDNEENEDILEDIVLTLTLFEDREMIEERLKTYAHLFDDKVMKQLKRRR YTGWGRLSRKLINGIRDKQSGKTILDFLKSDGFANRNFMQLIHDDSLTFKEDIQKAQVS GQGDSLHEHIANLAGSPAIKKGILQTVKVVDELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQK GQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDI NRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLL NAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDEN DKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKKYPKLE SEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIET NGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKK DWDPKKYGGFESPTVAYSVLVVAKVEKGKSKKLKSVKELLGITIMERSSFEKNPIDFLE AKGYKEVKKDLIIKLPKYSLFELENGRKRMLASAGELQKGNELALPSKYVNFLYLASH YEKLKGSPEDNEQKQLFVEQHKHYLDEIIEQISEFSKRVILADANLDKVLSAYNKHRDK PIREQAENIIHLFTLTNLGAPAAFKYFDTTIDRKQYRSTKEVLDATLIHQSITGLYETRIDL SQLGGD (SEQ ID NO: 81). In this sequence, residues E1135, Q1335 and R1337, which can be mutated from D1135, R1335, and T1337 to yield a SpEQR Cas9, are underlined and in bold.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpVQR Cas9 is as follows:
MDKKYSIGLAIGTNSVGWAVITDEYKVPSKKFKVLGNTDRHSIKKNLIGALLFDSGETA EATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNEMAKVDDSFFHRLEESFLVEEDKKHERHPIF GNIVDEVAYHEKYPTIYHLRKKLVDSTDKADLRLIYLALAHMIKFRGHFLIEGDLNPDN SDVDKLFIQLVQTYNQLFEENPINASGVDAKAILSARLSKSRRLENLIAQLPGEKKNGLF GNLIALSLGLTPNFKSNFDLAEDAKLQLSKDTYDDDLDNLLAQIGDQYADLFLAAKNLS DAILLSDILRVNTEITKAPLSASMIKRYDEHHQDLTLLKALVRQQLPEKYKEIFFDQSKN GYAGYIDGGASQEEFYKFIKPILEKMDGTEELLVKLNREDLLRKQRTFDNGSIPHQIHLG ELHAILRRQEDFYPFLKDNREKIEKILTFRIPYYVGPLARGNSRFAWMTRKSEETITPWN FEEVVDKGASAQSFIERMTNFDKNLPNEKVLPKHSLLYEYFTVYNELTKVKYVTEGMR KPAFLSGEQKKAIVDLLFKTNRKVTVKQLKEDYFKKIECFDSVEISGVEDRFNASLGTY HDLLKIIKDKDFLDNEENEDILEDIVLTLTLFEDREMIEERLKTYAHLFDDKVMKQLKRR RYTGWGRLSRKLINGIRDKQSGKTILDFLKSDGFANRNFMQLIHDDSLTFKEDIQKAQV SGQGDSLHEHIANLAGSPAIKKGILQTVKVVDELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQK GQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDI NRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLL NAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDEN DKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKKYPKLE SEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIET NGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKK DWDPKKYGGFVSPTVAYSVLVVAKVEKGKSKKLKSVKELLGITIMERSSFEKNPIDFLE AKGYKEVKKDLIIKLPKYSLFELENGRKRMLASAGELQKGNELALPSKYVNFLYLASH YEKLKGSPEDNEQKQLFVEQHKHYLDEIIEQISEFSKRVILADANLDKVLSAYNKHRDK PIREQAENIIHLFTLTNLGAPAAFKYFDTTIDRKQYRSTKEVLDATLIHQSITGLYETRIDL SQLGGD (SEQ ID NO: 82). In this sequence, residues V1135, Q1335, and R1336, which can be mutated from D1135, R1335, and T1336 to yield a SpVQR Cas9, are underlined and in bold.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpVRER Cas9 is as follows:
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a recombinant Cas9 domain. In some embodiments, the recombinant Cas9 domain is a SpyMacCas9 domain. In some embodiments, the SpyMacCas9 domain is a nuclease active SpyMacCas9, a nuclease inactive SpyMacCas9 (SpyMacCas9d), or a SpyMacCas9 nickase (SpyMacCas9n). In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain, the SaCas9d domain, or the SaCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a non-canonical PAM. In some embodiments, the SpyMacCas9 domain, the SpCas9d domain, or the SpCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a NAA PAM sequence.
Exemplary SpyMacCas9
In some cases, a variant Cas9 protein harbors, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1218A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA or RNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). As another non-limiting example, in some cases, the variant Cas9 protein harbors D10A, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1218A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). In some cases, when a variant Cas9 protein harbors W476A and W1126A mutations or when the variant Cas9 protein harbors P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1218A mutations, the variant Cas9 protein does not bind efficiently to a PAM sequence. Thus, in some such cases, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method does not require a PAM sequence. In other words, in some cases, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method can include a guide RNA, but the method can be performed in the absence of a PAM sequence (and the specificity of binding is therefore provided by the targeting segment of the guide RNA). Other residues can be mutated to achieve the above effects (i.e., inactivate one or the other nuclease portions). As non-limiting examples, residues D10, G12, G17, E762, H840, N854, N863, H982, H983, A984, D986, and/or A987 can be altered (i.e., substituted). Also, mutations other than alanine substitutions are suitable.
In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor can comprise all or a portion of a Cas9 protein with a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In other embodiments, a Cas9-derived domain of a base editor can employ a non-canonical PAM sequence. Such sequences have been described in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, Cas9 domains that bind non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Engineered CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases with altered PAM specificities” Nature 523, 481-485 (2015); and Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Broadening the targeting range of Staphylococcus aureus CRISPR-Cas9 by modifying PAM recognition” Nature Biotechnology 33, 1293-1298 (2015); the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some examples, a PAM recognized by a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor disclosed herein can be provided to a cell on a separate oligonucleotide to an insert (e.g. an AAV insert) encoding the base editor. In such cases, providing PAM on a separate oligonucleotide can allow cleavage of a target sequence that otherwise would not be able to be cleaved, because no adjacent PAM is present on the same polynucleotide as the target sequence.
In an embodiment, S. pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9) can be used as a CRISPR endonuclease for genome engineering. However, others can be used. In some cases, a different endonuclease can be used to target certain genomic targets. In some cases, synthetic SpCas9-derived variants with non-NGG PAM sequences can be used. Additionally, other Cas9 orthologues from various species have been identified and these “non-SpCas9s” can bind a variety of PAM sequences that can also be useful for the present disclosure. For example, the relatively large size of SpCas9 (approximately 4 kb coding sequence) can lead to plasmids carrying the SpCas9 cDNA that cannot be efficiently expressed in a cell. Conversely, the coding sequence for Staphylococcus aureus Cas9 (SaCas9) is approximately 1 kilo base shorter than SpCas9, possibly allowing it to be efficiently expressed in a cell. Similar to SpCas9, the SaCas9 endonuclease is capable of modifying target genes in mammalian cells in vitro and in mice in vivo. In some cases, a Cas protein can target a different PAM sequence. In some cases, a target gene can be adjacent to a Cas9 PAM, 5′-NGG, for example. In other cases, other Cas9 orthologs can have different PAM requirements. For example, other PAMs such as those of S. thermophilus (5′-NNAGAA for CRISPR1 and 5′-NGGNG for CRISPR3) and Neisseria meningitidis (5′-NNNNGATT) can also be found adjacent to a target gene.
In some embodiments, for a S. pyogenes system, a target gene sequence can precede (i.e., be 5′ to) a 5′-NGG PAM, and a 20-nt guide RNA sequence can base pair with an opposite strand to mediate a Cas9 cleavage adjacent to a PAM. In some cases, an adjacent cut can be or can be about 3 base pairs upstream of a PAM. In some cases, an adjacent cut can be or can be about 10 base pairs upstream of a PAM. In some cases, an adjacent cut can be or can be about 0-20 base pairs upstream of a PAM. For example, an adjacent cut can be next to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 base pairs upstream of a PAM. An adjacent cut can also be downstream of a PAM by 1 to 30 base pairs. Fusion proteins comprising a nuclear localization sequence (NLS)
In some embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein further comprise one or more (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5) nuclear targeting sequences, for example a nuclear localization sequence (NLS). In one embodiment, a bipartite NLS is used. In some embodiments, a NLS comprises an amino acid sequence that facilitates the importation of a protein, that comprises an NLS, into the cell nucleus (e.g., by nuclear transport). In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein further comprise a nuclear localization sequence (NLS). In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the N-terminus of the fusion protein. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the C-terminus of the fusion protein. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the N-terminus of the Cas9 domain. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the C-terminus of an nCas9 domain or a dCas9 domain. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the N-terminus of the deaminase. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the C-terminus of the deaminase. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the fusion protein via one or more linkers. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the fusion protein without a linker. In some embodiments, the NLS comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of the NLS sequences provided or referenced herein. Additional nuclear localization sequences are known in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, NLS sequences are described in Plank et al., PCT/EP2000/011690, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference for their disclosure of exemplary nuclear localization sequences. In some embodiments, an NLS comprises the amino acid sequence PKKKRKVEGADKRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 85), KRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 40), KRPAATKKAGQAKKKK (SEQ ID NO: 41), KKTELQTTNAENKTKKL (SEQ ID NO: 42), KRGINDRNFWRGENGRKTR (SEQ ID NO: 43), RKSGKIAAIVVKRPRKPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 86), or MDSLLMNRRKFLYQFKNVRWAKGRRETYLC (SEQ ID NO: 46). In some embodiments, the NLS is present in a linker or the NLS is flanked by linkers, for example, the linkers described herein. In some embodiments, the N-terminus or C-terminus NLS is a bipartite NLS. A bipartite NLS comprises two basic amino acid clusters, which are separated by a relatively short spacer sequence (hence bipartite—2 parts, while monopartite NLSs are not). The NLS of nucleoplasmin, KR[PAATKKAGQA]KKKK (SEQ ID NO: 304), is the prototype of the ubiquitous bipartite signal: two clusters of basic amino acids, separated by a spacer of about 10 amino acids. The sequence of an exemplary bipartite NLS follows:
In some embodiments, the fusion proteins of the invention do not comprise a linker sequence. In some embodiments, linker sequences between one or more of the domains or proteins are present.
It should be appreciated that the fusion proteins of the present disclosure may comprise one or more additional features. For example, in some embodiments, the fusion protein may comprise inhibitors, cytoplasmic localization sequences, export sequences, such as nuclear export sequences, or other localization sequences, as well as sequence tags that are useful for solubilization, purification, or detection of the fusion proteins. Suitable protein tags provided herein include, but are not limited to, biotin carboxylase carrier protein (BCCP) tags, myc-tags, calmodulin-tags, FLAG-tags, hemagglutinin (HA)-tags, polyhistidine tags, also referred to as histidine tags or His-tags, maltose binding protein (MBP)-tags, nus-tags, glutathione-S-transferase (GST)-tags, green fluorescent protein (GFP)-tags, thioredoxin-tags, S-tags, Softags (e.g., Softag 1, Softag 3), strep-tags, biotin ligase tags, FlAsH tags, V5 tags, and SBP-tags. Additional suitable sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises one or more His tags.
A vector that encodes a CRISPR enzyme comprising one or more nuclear localization sequences (NLSs) can be used. For example, there can be or be about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 NLSs used. A CRISPR enzyme can comprise the NLSs at or near the ammo-terminus, about or more than about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 NLSs at or near the carboxy-terminus, or any combination of these (e.g., one or more NLS at the ammo-terminus and one or more NLS at the carboxy terminus). When more than one NLS is present, each can be selected independently of others, such that a single NLS can be present in more than one copy and/or in combination with one or more other NLSs present in one or more copies.
CRISPR enzymes used in the methods can comprise about 6 NLSs. An NLS is considered near the N- or C-terminus when the nearest amino acid to the NLS is within about 50 amino acids along a polypeptide chain from the N- or C-terminus, e.g., within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, or 50 amino acids.
In some embodiments, an NLS comprises the amino acid sequence
In some embodiments, the NLS is present in a linker or the NLS is flanked by linkers, for example, the linkers described herein. In some embodiments, the N-terminus or C-terminus NLS is a bipartite NLS. A bipartite NLS comprises two basic amino acid clusters, which are separated by a relatively short spacer sequence (hence bipartite—2 parts, while monopartite NLSs are not). The NLS of nucleoplasmin, KR[PAATKKAGQA]KKKK (SEQ ID NO: 304), is the prototype of the ubiquitous bipartite signal: two clusters of basic amino acids, separated by a spacer of about 10 amino acids. The sequence of an exemplary bipartite NLS follows:
In some embodiments, the fusion proteins of the invention do not comprise a linker sequence. In some embodiments, linker sequences between one or more of the domains or proteins are present.
The PAM sequence can be any PAM sequence known in the art. Suitable PAM sequences include, but are not limited to, NGG, NGA, NGC, NGN, NGT, NGCG, NGAG, NGAN, NGNG, NGCN, NGCG, NGTN, NNGRRT, NNNRRT, NNGRR(N), TTTV, TYCV, TYCV, TATV, NNNNGATT, NNAGAAW, or NAAAAC. Y is a pyrimidine; N is any nucleotide base; W is A or T.
Described herein are base editors comprising a fusion protein that includes a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., deaminase domain). The base editor can be programmed to edit one or more bases in a target polynucleotide sequence by interacting with a guide polynucleotide capable of recognizing the target sequence. Once the target sequence has been recognized, the base editor is anchored on the polynucleotide where editing is to occur and the deaminase domain component of the base editor can then edit a target base.
In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain is a deaminase domain. In some cases, a deaminase domain can be a cytosine deaminase or a cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the terms “cytosine deaminase” and “cytidine deaminase” can be used interchangeably. In some cases, a deaminase domain can be an adenine deaminase or an adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the terms “adenine deaminase” and “adenosine deaminase” can be used interchangeably. Details of nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, a base editor disclosed herein comprises a fusion protein comprising cytidine deaminase capable of deaminating a target cytidine (C) base of a polynucleotide to produce uridine (U), which has the base pairing properties of thymine. In some embodiments, for example where the polynucleotide is double-stranded (e.g. DNA), the uridine base can then be substituted with a thymidine base (e.g. by cellular repair machinery) to give rise to a C:G to a T:A transition. In other embodiments, deamination of a C to U in a nucleic acid by a base editor cannot be accompanied by substitution of the U to a T.
The deamination of a target C in a polynucleotide to give rise to a U is a non-limiting example of a type of base editing that can be executed by a base editor described herein. In another example, a base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase domain can mediate conversion of a cytosine (C) base to a guanine (G) base. For example, a U of a polynucleotide produced by deamination of a cytidine by a cytidine deaminase domain of a base editor can be excised from the polynucleotide by a base excision repair mechanism (e.g., by a uracil DNA glycosylase (UDG) domain), producing an abasic site. The nucleobase opposite the abasic site can then be substituted (e.g. by base repair machinery) with another base, such as a C, by for example a translesion polymerase. Although it is typical for a nucleobase opposite an abasic site to be replaced with a C, other substitutions (e.g. A, G or T) can also occur.
Accordingly, in some embodiments a base editor described herein comprises a deamination domain (e.g., cytidine deaminase domain) capable of deaminating a target C to a U in a polynucleotide. Further, as described below, the base editor can comprise additional domains which facilitate conversion of the U resulting from deamination to, in some embodiments, a T or a G. For example, a base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase domain can further comprise a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain to mediate substitution of a U by a T, completing a C-to-T base editing event. In another example, a base editor can incorporate a translesion polymerase to improve the efficiency of C-to-G base editing, since a translesion polymerase can facilitate incorporation of a C opposite an abasic site (i.e., resulting in incorporation of a G at the abasic site, completing the C-to-G base editing event).
A base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase as a domain can deaminate a target C in any polynucleotide, including DNA, RNA and DNA-RNA hybrids. Typically, a cytidine deaminase catalyzes a C nucleobase that is positioned in the context of a single-stranded portion of a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the entire polynucleotide comprising a target C can be single-stranded. For example, a cytidine deaminase incorporated into the base editor can deaminate a target C in a single-stranded RNA polynucleotide. In other embodiments, a base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase domain can act on a double-stranded polynucleotide, but the target C can be positioned in a portion of the polynucleotide which at the time of the deamination reaction is in a single-stranded state. For example, in embodiments where the NAGPB domain comprises a Cas9 domain, several nucleotides can be left unpaired during formation of the Cas9-gRNA-target DNA complex, resulting in formation of a Cas9 “R-loop complex”. These unpaired nucleotides can form a bubble of single-stranded DNA that can serve as a substrate for a single-strand specific nucleotide deaminase enzyme (e.g., cytidine deaminase).
In some embodiments, a cytidine deaminase of a base editor can comprise all or a portion of an apolipoprotein B mRNA editing complex (APOBEC) family deaminase. APOBEC is a family of evolutionarily conserved cytidine deaminases. Members of this family are C-to-U editing enzymes. The N-terminal domain of APOBEC like proteins is the catalytic domain, while the C-terminal domain is a pseudocatalytic domain. More specifically, the catalytic domain is a zinc dependent cytidine deaminase domain and is important for cytidine deamination. APOBEC family members include APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3A, APOBEC3B, APOBEC3C, APOBEC3D (“APOBEC3E” now refers to this), APOBEC3F, APOBEC3G, APOBEC3H, APOBEC4, and Activation-induced (cytidine) deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of an APOBEC1 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC2 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of is an APOBEC3 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of an APOBEC3A deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3B deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3C deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3D deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3E deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3F deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3G deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3H deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC4 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of activation-induced deaminase (AID). In some embodiments a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of cytidine deaminase 1 (CDA1). It should be appreciated that a base editor can comprise a deaminase from any suitable organism (e.g., a human or a rat). In some embodiments, a deaminase domain of a base editor is from a human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse. In some embodiments, the deaminase domain of the base editor is derived from rat (e.g., rat APOBEC1). In some embodiments, the deaminase domain of the base editor is human APOBEC1. In some embodiments, the deaminase domain of the base editor is pmCDA1.
The amino acid and nucleic acid sequences of PmCDA1 are shown herein below.
>tr|A5H718|A5H718_PETMA Cytosine deaminase OS=Petromyzon marinus OX=7757 PE=2 SV=1 amino acid sequence:
Nucleic acid sequence: >EF094822.1 Petromyzon marinus isolate PmCDA.21 cytosine deaminase mRNA, complete cds:
The amino acid and nucleic acid sequences of the coding sequence (CDS) of human activation-induced cytidine deaminase (AID) are shown below.
>tr|Q6QJ80|Q6QJ80_HUMAN Activation-induced cytidine deaminase OS=Homo sapiens OX=9606 GN=AICDA PE=2 SV=1 amino acid sequence:
The amino acid and nucleic acid sequences of the coding sequence (CDS) of human activation-induced cytidine deaminase (AID) are shown below.
>tr|Q6QJ80|Q6QJ80_HUMAN Activation-induced cytidine deaminase OS=Homo sapiens OX=9606 GN=AICDA PE=2 SV=1 amino acid sequence:
Nucleic acid sequence: >NG_011588.1:5001-15681 Homo sapiens activation induced cytidine deaminase (AICDA), RefSeqGene (LRG_17) on chromosome 12:
Other exemplary deaminases that can be fused to Cas9 according to aspects of this disclosure are provided below. It should be understood that, in some embodiments, the active domain of the respective sequence can be used, e.g., the domain without a localizing signal (nuclear localization sequence, without nuclear export signal, cytoplasmic localizing signal).
MDSLLMNRRKFLYQFKNVRWAKGRRETYLCYVVKRRDSATSFSLDFGYLRNKNGCH
MDSLLMKQKKFLYHFKNVRWAKGRHETYLCYVVKRRDSATSCSLDFGHLRNKSGCH
MDSLLMKQRKFLYHFKNVRWAKGRHETYLCYVVKRRDSATSFSLDFGHLRNKSGCHV
MDSLLKKQRQFLYQFKNVRWAKGRHETYLCYVVKRRDSPTSFSLDFGHLRNKAGCHV
MAVGSKPKAALVGPHWERERIWCFLCSTGLGTQQTGQTSRWLRPAATQDPVSPPRSLL
DAFRTLGL
RSMELSQVTITCYLTWSPCPNCAWQLAAFKRDRPDLILHIYTSRLYFHWKRPFQKGLCSL
RSMELSQVIITCYLTWSPCPNCAWQLAAFKRDRPDLILHIYTSRLYFHWKRPFQKGLCSL
MVEPMDPRTFVSNFNNRPILSGLNTVWLCCEVKTKDPSGPPLDAKIFQGKVYSKAKYH
PEM
RFLRWFHKWRQLHHDQEYKVTWYVSWSPCTRCANSVATFLAKDPKVTLTIFVARLY
MKPHFRNPVERMYQDTFSDNFYNRPILSHRNTVWLCYEVKTKGPSRPPLDAKIFRGQV
YSKLKYHPEMRFFHWFSKWRKLHRDQEYEVTWYISWSPCTKCTRDVATFLAEDPKVTLTI
MNPQIRNMVEQMEPDIFVYYFNNRPILSGRNTVWLCYEVKTKDPSGPPLDANIFQGKLY
PEAKDHPEMKFLHWFRKWRQLHRDQEYEVTWYVSWSPCTRCANSVAYFLAEDPKVTLTIF
MKPHFRNTVERMYRDTFSYNFYNRPILSRRNTVWLCYEVKTKGPSRPPLDAKIFRGQV
YSELKYHPEMRFFHWFSKWRKLHRDQEYEVTWYISWSPCTKCFRDMAYFLAEDPKVTLTI
LYFLGKIHSWNLDRNQHYRLTCFISWSPCYDCAQKLTTFLKENHHISLHILASRIYTHNRFG
INEIKSMGLDETQCYQVTCYLTWSPCSSCAWELVDFIKAHDHLNLGIFASRLYYHWCKPQ
CPECAGEVAEFLARHSNVNLTIFTARLCYFWDTDYQEGLCSLSQEGASVKIMGYKDFV
Petromyzon marinus CDA1 (pmCDAl):
Some aspects of the present disclosure are based on the recognition that modulating the deaminase domain catalytic activity of any of the fusion proteins described herein, for example by making point mutations in the deaminase domain, affect the processivity of the fusion proteins (e.g., base editors). For example, mutations that reduce, but do not eliminate, the catalytic activity of a deaminase domain within a base editing fusion protein can make it less likely that the deaminase domain will catalyze the deamination of a residue adjacent to a target residue, thereby narrowing the deamination window. The ability to narrow the deamination window can prevent unwanted deamination of residues adjacent to specific target residues, which can decrease or prevent off-target effects.
For example, in some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of H121X, H122X, R126X, R126X, R118X, W90X, W90X, and R132X of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of H121R, H122R, R126A, R126E, R118A, W90A, W90Y, and R132E of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of D316X, D317X, R320X, R320X, R313X, W285X, W285X, R326X of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of D316R, D317R, R320A, R320E, R313A, W285A, W285Y, R326E of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a H121R and a H122R mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R126A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R126E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R118A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y and a R126E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R126E and a R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y and a R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y, R126E, and R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a D316R and a D317R mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R320A mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R320E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R313A mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285A mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y and a R320E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R320E and a R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y and a R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y, R320E, and R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
A number of modified cytidine deaminases are commercially available, including, but not limited to, SaBE3, SaKKH-BE3, VQR-BE3, EQR-BE3, VRER-BE3, YE1-BE3, EE-BE3, YE2-BE3, and YEE-BE3, which are available from Addgene (plasmids 85169, 85170, 85171, 85172, 85173, 85174, 85175, 85176, 85177). In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of an APOBEC1 deaminase.
Details of C to T nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application No. PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632) and Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, a base editor described herein can comprise a deaminase domain which includes an adenosine deaminase. Such an adenosine deaminase domain of a base editor can facilitate the editing of an adenine (A) nucleobase to a guanine (G) nucleobase by deaminating the A to form inosine (I), which exhibits base pairing properties of G. Adenosine deaminase is capable of deaminating (i.e., removing an amine group) adenine of a deoxyadenosine residue in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA).
In some embodiments, the nucleobase editors provided herein can be made by fusing together one or more protein domains, thereby generating a fusion protein. In certain embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more features that improve the base editing activity (e.g., efficiency, selectivity, and specificity) of the fusion proteins. For example, the fusion proteins provided herein can comprise a Cas9 domain that has reduced nuclease activity. In some embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein can have a Cas9 domain that does not have nuclease activity (dCas9), or a Cas9 domain that cuts one strand of a duplexed DNA molecule, referred to as a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, the presence of the catalytic residue (e.g., H840) maintains the activity of the Cas9 to cleave the non-edited (e.g., non-deaminated) strand containing a T opposite the targeted A. Mutation of the catalytic residue (e.g., D10 to A10) of Cas9 prevents cleavage of the edited strand containing the targeted A residue. Such Cas9 variants are able to generate a single-strand DNA break (nick) at a specific location based on the gRNA-defined target sequence, leading to repair of the non-edited strand, ultimately resulting in a T to C change on the non-edited strand. In some embodiments, an A-to-G base editor further comprises an inhibitor of inosine base excision repair, for example, a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain or a catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, the UGI domain or catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease can inhibit or prevent base excision repair of a deaminated adenosine residue (e.g., inosine), which can improve the activity or efficiency of the base editor.
A base editor comprising an adenosine deaminase can act on any polynucleotide, including DNA, RNA and DNA-RNA hybrids. In certain embodiments, a base editor comprising an adenosine deaminase can deaminate a target A of a polynucleotide comprising RNA. For example, the base editor can comprise an adenosine deaminase domain capable of deaminating a target A of an RNA polynucleotide and/or a DNA-RNA hybrid polynucleotide. In an embodiment, an adenosine deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of adenosine deaminase acting on RNA (ADAR, e.g., ADAR1 or ADAR2). In another embodiment, an adenosine deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of adenosine deaminase acting on tRNA (ADAT). A base editor comprising an adenosine deaminase domain can also be capable of deaminating an A nucleobase of a DNA polynucleotide. In an embodiment an adenosine deaminase domain of a base editor comprises all or a portion of an ADAT comprising one or more mutations which permit the ADAT to deaminate a target A in DNA. For example, the base editor can comprise all or a portion of an ADAT from Escherichia coli (EcTadA) comprising one or more of the following mutations: D108N, A106V, D147Y, E155V, L84F, H123Y, I157F, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase.
The adenosine deaminase can be derived from any suitable organism (e.g., E. coli). In some embodiments, the adenine deaminase is a naturally-occurring adenosine deaminase that includes one or more mutations corresponding to any of the mutations provided herein (e.g., mutations in ecTadA). The corresponding residue in any homologous protein can be identified by e.g., sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues. The mutations in any naturally-occurring adenosine deaminase (e.g., having homology to ecTadA) that corresponds to any of the mutations described herein (e.g., any of the mutations identified in ecTadA) can be generated accordingly.
In particular embodiments, the TadA is any one of the TadA described in PCT/US2017/045381 (WO2018/027078), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
In one embodiment, a fusion protein of the invention comprises a wild-type TadA linked to TadA7.10, which is linked to Cas9 nickase. In particular embodiments, the fusion proteins comprise a single TadA7.10 domain (e.g., provided as a monomer). In other embodiments, the ABE7.10 editor comprises TadA7.10 and TadA(wt), which are capable of forming heterodimers. The relevant sequences follow:
MSEVEFSHEYWMRHALTLAKRAWDEREVPVGAVLVHNNRVIGEGWNRPIGRHDPTA HAEIMALRQGGLVMQNYRLIDATLYVTLEPCVMCAGAMIHSRIGRVVFGARDAKTGA AGSLMDVLHHPGMNHRVEITEGILADECAALLSDFFRMRRQEIKAQKKAQSSTD (SEQ ID NO: 127), which is termed “the TadA reference sequence” or wild type TadA (TadA(wt)).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth in any of the adenosine deaminases provided herein. It should be appreciated that adenosine deaminases provided herein may include one or more mutations (e.g., any of the mutations provided herein). The disclosure provides any deaminase domains with a certain percent identity plus any of the mutations or combinations thereof described herein. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or more mutations compared to a reference sequence, or any of the adenosine deaminases provided herein. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 110, at least 120, at least 130, at least 140, at least 150, at least 160, or at least 170 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences known in the art or described herein.
In some embodiments the TadA deaminase is a full-length E. coli TadA deaminase. For example, in certain embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises the amino acid sequence:
It should be appreciated, however, that additional adenosine deaminases useful in the present application would be apparent to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of this disclosure. For example, the adenosine deaminase may be a homolog of adenosine deaminase acting on tRNA (ADAT). Without limitation, the amino acid sequences of exemplary AD AT homologs include the following:
Staphylococcus aureus TadA:
Bacillus subtilis TadA:
Salmonella typhimurium (S. typhimurium) TadA:
Shewanella putrefaciens (S. putrefaciens) TadA:
Haemophilus influenzae F3031 (H. influenzae) TadA:
Caulobacter crescentus (C. crescentus) TadA:
Geobacter sulfurreducens (G. sulfurreducens) TadA:
An embodiment of E. Coli TadA (ecTadA) includes the following:
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from a prokaryote. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from a bacterium. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonella typhi, Shewanella putrefaciens, Haemophilus influenzae, Caulobacter crescentus, or Bacillus subtilis. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from E. coli.
In one embodiment, a fusion protein of the invention comprises a wild-type TadA linked to TadA7.10, which is linked to Cas9 nickase. In particular embodiments, the fusion proteins comprise a single TadA7.10 domain (e.g., provided as a monomer). In other embodiments, the ABE7.10 editor comprises TadA7.10 and TadA(wt), which are capable of forming heterodimers.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth in any of the adenosine deaminases provided herein. It should be appreciated that adenosine deaminases provided herein may include one or more mutations (e.g., any of the mutations provided herein). The disclosure provides any deaminase domains with a certain percent identity plus any of the mutations or combinations thereof described herein. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or more mutations compared to a reference sequence, or any of the adenosine deaminases provided herein. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 110, at least 120, at least 130, at least 140, at least 150, at least 160, or at least 170 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences known in the art or described herein.
It should be appreciated that any of the mutations provided herein (e.g., based on the TadA reference sequence) can be introduced into other adenosine deaminases, such as E. coli TadA (ecTadA), S. aureus TadA (saTadA), or other adenosine deaminases (e.g., bacterial adenosine deaminases). It would be apparent to the skilled artisan that additional deaminases may similarly be aligned to identify homologous amino acid residues that can be mutated as provided herein. Thus, any of the mutations identified in the TadA reference sequence can be made in other adenosine deaminases (e.g. ecTada) that have homologous amino acid residues. It should also be appreciated that any of the mutations provided herein can be made individually or in any combination in the TadA reference sequence or another adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108X mutation in the TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108G, D108N, D108V, D108A, or D108Y mutation, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A106X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A106V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. wild type TadA or ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a E155X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a E155D, E155G, or E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D147X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D147Y, mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A106X, E155X, or D147X, mutation in the TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an E155D, E155G, or E155V mutation. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D147Y.
For example, an adenosine deaminase can contain a D108N, a A106V, a E155V, and/or a D147Y mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, an adenosine deaminase comprises the following group of mutations (groups of mutations are separated by a “;”) in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA): D108N and A106V; D108N and E155V; D108N and D147Y; A106V and E155V; A106V and D147Y; E155V and D147Y; D108N, A106V, and E55V; D108N, A106V, and D147Y; D108N, E55V, and D147Y; A106V, E55V, and D 147Y; and D108N, A106V, E55V, and D147Y. It should be appreciated, however, that any combination of corresponding mutations provided herein can be made in an adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H8X, T17X, L18X, W23X, L34X, W45X, R51X, A56X, E59X, E85X, M94X, I95X, V102X, F104X, A106X, R107X, D108X, K110X, M118X, N127X, A138X, F149X, M151X, R153X, Q154X, I156X, and/or K157X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H8Y, T17S, L18E, W23L, L34S, W45L, R51H, A56E, or A56S, E59G, E85K, or E85G, M94L, 1951, V102A, F104L, A106V, R107C, or R107H, or R107P, D108G, or D108N, or D108V, or D108A, or D108Y, K110I, M118K, N127S, A138V, F149Y, M151V, R153C, Q154L, I156D, and/or K157R mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H8X, D108X, and/or N127X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H8Y, D108N, and/or N127S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H8X, R26X, M61X, L68X, M70X, A106X, D108X, A109X, N127X, D147X, R152X, Q154X, E155X, K161X, Q163X, and/or T166X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H8Y, R26W, M611, L68Q, M70V, A106T, D108N, A109T, N127S, D147Y, R152C, Q154H or Q154R, E155G or E155V or E155D, K161Q, Q163H, and/or T166P mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, D108X, N127X, D147X, R152X, and Q154X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, M61X, M70X, D108X, N127X, Q154X, E155X, and Q163X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, D108X, N127X, E155X, and T166X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, A106X, D108X, mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase, where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, R126X, L68X, D108X, N127X, D147X, and E155X, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase, where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, D108X, A109X, N127X, and E155X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, D108N, N127S, D147Y, R152C, and Q154H in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, M611, M70V, D108N, N127S, Q154R, E155G and Q163H in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, D108N, N127S, E155V, and T166P in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, A106T, D108N, N127S, E155D, and K161Q in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, R126W, L68Q, D108N, N127S, D147Y, and E155V in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, D108N, A109T, N127S, and E155G in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
Any of the mutations provided herein and any additional mutations (e.g., based on the ecTadA amino acid sequence) can be introduced into any other adenosine deaminases. Any of the mutations provided herein can be made individually or in any combination in TadA reference sequence or another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
Details of A to G nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application No. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature, 551, 464-471 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108N, D108G, or D108V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a A106V and D108N mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises R107C and D108N mutations in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a H8Y, D108N, N127S, D147Y, and Q154H mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a H8Y, R24W, D108N, N127S, D147Y, and E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108N, D147Y, and E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a H8Y, D108N, and N127S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a A106V, D108N, D147Y and E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a, S2X, H8X, I49X, L84X, H123X, N127X, I156X and/or K160X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase, where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of S2A, H8Y, I49F, L84F, H123Y, N127S, I156F and/or K160S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an L84X mutation adenosine deaminase, where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an L84F mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H123X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H123Y mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an I157X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an I157F mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, or seven mutations selected from the group consisting of L84X, A106X, D108X, H123X, D147X, E155X, and I156X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of S2X, I49X, A106X, D108X, D147X, and E155X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, A106X, D108X, N127X, and K160X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, or seven mutations selected from the group consisting of L84F, A106V, D108N, H123Y, D147Y, E155V, and I156F in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of S2A, I49F, A106V, D108N, D147Y, and E155V in TadA reference sequence.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, A106T, D108N, N127S, and K160S in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a E25X, R26X, R107X, A142X, and/or A143X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of E25M, E25D, E25A, E25R, E25V, E25S, E25Y, R26G, R26N, R26Q, R26C, R26L, R26K, R107P, R07K, R107A, R107N, R107W, R107H, R107S, A142N, A142D, A142G, A143D, A143G, A143E, A143L, A143W, A143M, A143S, A143Q and/or A143R mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of the mutations described herein corresponding to TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an E25X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an E25M, E25D, E25A, E25R, E25V, E25S, or E25Y mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R26X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises R26G, R26N, R26Q, R26C, R26L, or R26K mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R107X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R107P, R07K, R107A, R107N, R107W, R107H, or R107S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A142X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A142N, A142D, A142G, mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A143X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A143D, A143G, A143E, A143L, A143W, A143M, A143S, A143Q and/or A143R mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H36X, N37X, P48X, I49X, R51X, M70X, N72X, D77X, E134X, S146X, Q154X, K157X, and/or K161X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H36L, N37T, N37S, P48T, P48L, I49V, R51H, R51L, M70L, N72S, D77G, E134G, S146R, S146C, Q154H, K157N, and/or K161T mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H36X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H36L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an N37X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an N37T, or N37S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an P48X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an P48T, or P48L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R51X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase, where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R51H, or R51L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an S146X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an S146R, or S146C mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an K157X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a K157N mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an P48X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a P48S, P48T, or P48A mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A142X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a A142N mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an W23X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a W23R, or W23L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R152X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a R152P, or R52H mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g. ecTadA).
In one embodiment, the adenosine deaminase may comprise the mutations H36L, R51L, L84F, A106V, D108N, H123Y, S146C, D147Y, E155V, I156F, and K157N. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises the following combination of mutations relative to TadA reference sequence, where each mutation of a combination is separated by a “_” and each combination of mutations is between parentheses:
(E59A cat dead_A106V_D108N_D147Y_E155V),
In certain embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more features that improve the base editing activity of the fusion proteins. For example, any of the fusion proteins provided herein may comprise a Cas9 domain that has reduced nuclease activity. In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein may have a Cas9 domain that does not have nuclease activity (dCas9), or a Cas9 domain that cuts one strand of a duplexed DNA molecule, referred to as a Cas9 nickase (nCas9).
In one embodiment, a fusion protein of the invention comprises a cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminases provided herein are capable of deaminating cytosine or 5-methylcytosine to uracil or thymine. In some embodiments, the cytosine deaminases provided herein are capable of deaminating cytosine in DNA. The cytidine deaminase may be derived from any suitable organism. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is a naturally-occurring cytidine deaminase that includes one or more mutations corresponding to any of the mutations provided herein. One of skill in the art will be able to identify the corresponding residue in any homologous protein, e.g., by sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues. Accordingly, one of skill in the art would be able to generate mutations in any naturally-occurring cytidine deaminase that corresponds to any of the mutations described herein. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is from a prokaryote. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is from a bacterium. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is from a mammal (e.g., human).
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the cytidine deaminase amino acid sequences set forth herein. It should be appreciated that cytidine deaminases provided herein may include one or more mutations (e.g., any of the mutations provided herein). The disclosure provides any deaminase domains with a certain percent identity plus any of the mutations or combinations thereof described herein. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or more mutations compared to a reference sequence, or any of the cytidine deaminases provided herein. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 110, at least 120, at least 130, at least 140, at least 150, at least 160, or at least 170 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences known in the art or described herein.
A fusion protein of the invention comprises a nucleic acid editing domain. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid editing domain can catalyze a C to U base change. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid editing domain is a deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a cytidine deaminase or an adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an apolipoprotein B mRNA-editing complex (APOBEC) family deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC1 deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC2 deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3 deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3 A deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3B deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3C deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3D deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3E deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3F deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3G deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC3H deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an APOBEC4 deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an activation-induced deaminase (AID). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a vertebrate deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an invertebrate deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a rat deaminase, e.g., rAPOBEC1. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a Petromyzon marinus cytidine deaminase 1 (pmCDA1). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human APOBEC3G. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a fragment of the human APOBEC3G. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human APOBEC3G variant comprising a D316R D317R mutation. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a fragment of the human APOBEC3G and comprising mutations corresponding to the D316R D317R mutations. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid editing domain is at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%), or at least 99.5% identical to the deaminase domain of any deaminase described herein.
Cas9 Domains with Reduced Exclusivity
Typically, Cas9 proteins, such as Cas9 from S. pyogenes (spCas9), require a canonical NGG PAM sequence to bind a particular nucleic acid region, where the “N” in “NGG” is adenosine (A), thymidine (T), or cytosine (C), and the G is guanosine. This may limit the ability to edit desired bases within a genome. In some embodiments, the base editing fusion proteins provided herein may need to be placed at a precise location, for example a region comprising a target base that is upstream of the PAM. See e.g., Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Accordingly, in some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein may contain a Cas9 domain that is capable of binding a nucleotide sequence that does not contain a canonical (e.g., NGG) PAM sequence. Cas9 domains that bind to non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, Cas9 domains that bind non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Engineered CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases with altered PAM specificities” Nature 523, 481-485 (2015); and Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Broadening the targeting range of Staphylococcus aureus CRISPR-Cas9 by modifying PAM recognition” Nature Biotechnology 33, 1293-1298 (2015); Nishimasu, H., et al., “Engineered CRISPR-Cas9 nuclease with expanded targeting space” Science. 2018 Sep. 21; 361(6408):1259-1262, Chatterjee, P., et al., Minimal PAM specificity of a highly similar SpCas9 ortholog” Sci Adv. 2018 Oct. 24; 4(10):eaau0766. doi: 10.1126/sciadv.aau0766, the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference. Several PAM variants are described in Table 1 below. Several non-limiting examples of PAM variants are described at Table 1 below:
Cas9 Complexes with Guide RNAs
Some aspects of this disclosure provide complexes comprising any of the fusion proteins provided herein, and a guide RNA (e.g., a guide that targets SERPINA1). In some embodiments, the guide nucleic acid (e.g., guide RNA) is from 15-100 nucleotides long and comprises a sequence of at least 10 contiguous nucleotides that is complementary to a target sequence. In some embodiments, the guide RNA is 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 nucleotides long. In some embodiments, the guide RNA comprises a sequence of 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 contiguous nucleotides that is complementary to a target sequence. In some embodiments, the target sequence is a DNA sequence. In some embodiments, the target sequence is a sequence in the genome of a bacteria, yeast, fungi, insect, plant, or animal. In some embodiments, the target sequence is a sequence in the genome of a human. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to a non-canonical PAM sequence (e.g., a sequence listed in Table 1 or 5′-NAA-3′). In some embodiments, the guide nucleic acid (e.g., guide RNA) is complementary to a sequence in a gene of interest (e.g. SERPINA1).
Some aspects of this disclosure provide methods of using the fusion proteins, or complexes provided herein. For example, some aspects of this disclosure provide methods comprising contacting a DNA molecule with any of the fusion proteins provided herein, and with at least one guide RNA, wherein the guide RNA is about 15-100 nucleotides long and comprises a sequence of at least 10 contiguous nucleotides that is complementary to a target sequence. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to an AGC, GAG, TTT, GTG, or CAA sequence. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to an NGA, NGCG, NGN, NNGRRT, NNNRRT, NGCG, NGCN, NGTN, NGTN, NGTN, or 5′ (TTTV) sequence.
It will be understood that the numbering of the specific positions or residues in the respective sequences depends on the particular protein and numbering scheme used. Numbering might be different, e.g., in precursors of a mature protein and the mature protein itself, and differences in sequences from species to species may affect numbering. One of skill in the art will be able to identify the respective residue in any homologous protein and in the respective encoding nucleic acid by methods well known in the art, e.g., by sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues.
It will be apparent to those of skill in the art that in order to target any of the fusion proteins disclosed herein, to a target site, e.g., a site comprising a mutation to be edited, it is typically necessary to co-express the fusion protein together with a guide RNA. As explained in more detail elsewhere herein, a guide RNA typically comprises a tracrRNA framework allowing for Cas9 binding, and a guide sequence, which confers sequence specificity to the Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion protein. Alternatively, the guide RNA and tracrRNA may be provided separately, as two nucleic acid molecules. In some embodiments, the guide RNA comprises a structure, wherein the guide sequence comprises a sequence that is complementary to the target sequence. The guide sequence is typically 20 nucleotides long. The sequences of suitable guide RNAs for targeting Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion proteins to specific genomic target sites will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on the instant disclosure. Such suitable guide RNA sequences typically comprise guide sequences that are complementary to a nucleic sequence within 50 nucleotides upstream or downstream of the target nucleotide to be edited. Some exemplary guide RNA sequences suitable for targeting any of the provided fusion proteins to specific target sequences are provided herein.
A base editor described herein can include any domain which helps to facilitate the nucleobase editing, modification or altering of a nucleobase of a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, a base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., Cas9), a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., deaminase domain), and one or more additional domains. In some cases, the additional domain can facilitate enzymatic or catalytic functions of the base editor, binding functions of the base editor, or be inhibitors of cellular machinery (e.g., enzymes) that could interfere with the desired base editing result. In some embodiments, a base editor can comprise a nuclease, a nickase, a recombinase, a deaminase, a methyltransferase, a methylase, an acetylase, an acetyltransferase, a transcriptional activator, or a transcriptional repressor domain.
In some embodiments, a base editor can comprise a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain. A UGI domain can for example improve the efficiency of base editors comprising a cytidine deaminase domain by inhibiting the conversion of a U formed by deamination of a C back to the C nucleobase. In some cases, cellular DNA repair response to the presence of U:G heteroduplex DNA can be responsible for a decrease in nucleobase editing efficiency in cells. In such cases, uracil DNA glyocosylase (UDG) can catalyze removal of U from DNA in cells, which can initiate base excision repair (BER), mostly resulting in reversion of the U:G pair to a C:G pair. In such cases, BER can be inhibited in base editors comprising one or more domains that bind the single strand, block the edited base, inhibit UGI, inhibit BER, protect the edited base, and/or promote repairing of the non-edited strand. Thus, this disclosure contemplates a base editor fusion protein comprising a UGI domain.
In some embodiments, a base editor comprises as a domain all or a portion of a double-strand break (DSB) binding protein. For example, a DSB binding protein can include a Gam protein of bacteriophage Mu that can bind to the ends of DSBs and can protect them from degradation. See Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire content of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, a base editor can comprise as a domain all or a portion of a nucleic acid polymerase (NAP). For example, a base editor can comprise all or a portion of a eukaryotic NAP. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a DNA polymerase. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor has translesion polymerase activity. In some cases, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a translesion DNA polymerase. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a Rev7, Rev1 complex, polymerase iota, polymerase kappa, or polymerase eta. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a eukaryotic polymerase alpha, beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, gamma, eta, iota, kappa, lambda, mu, or nu component. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 99.5% identical to a nucleic acid polymerase (e.g., a translesion DNA polymerase).
The base editor system provided herein comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a target nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide (e.g., a double-stranded DNA or RNA, a single-stranded DNA or RNA) of a subject with a base editor system comprising a nucleobase editor (e.g., an adenosine base editor or a cytidine base editor) and a guide polynucleic acid (e.g., gRNA), wherein the target nucleotide sequence comprises a targeted nucleobase pair; (b) inducing strand separation of the target region; (c) converting a first nucleobase of the target nucleobase pair in a single strand of the target region to a second nucleobase; and (d) cutting no more than one strand of the target region, where a third nucleobase complementary to the first nucleobase base is replaced by a fourth nucleobase complementary to the second nucleobase. It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, step (b) is omitted. In some embodiments, the targeted nucleobase pair is a plurality of nucleobase pairs in one or more genes. In some embodiments, the base editor system provided herein is capable of multiplex editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs in one or more genes. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in the same gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in one or more genes, wherein at least one gene is located in a different locus.
In some embodiments, the cut single strand (nicked strand) is hybridized to the guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the cut single strand is opposite to the strand comprising the first nucleobase. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a Cas9 domain. In some embodiments, the first base is adenine, and the second base is not a G, C, A, or T. In some embodiments, the second base is inosine.
Base editing system as provided herein provides a new approach to genome editing that uses a fusion protein containing a catalytically defective Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9, a cytidine deaminase, and an inhibitor of base excision repair to induce programmable, single nucleotide (C→*T or A→*G) changes in DNA without generating double-strand DNA breaks, without requiring a donor DNA template, and without inducing an excess of stochastic insertions and deletions.
Provided herein are systems, compositions, and methods for editing a nucleobase using a base editor system. In some embodiments, the base editor system comprises (1) a base editor (BE) comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., a deaminase domain) for editing the nucleobase; and (2) a guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA) in conjunction with the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the base editor system comprises a cytosine base editor (CBE). In some embodiments, the base editor system comprises an adenosine base editor (ABE). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable RNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain is a deaminase domain. In some cases, a deaminase domain can be a cytosine deaminase or a cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the terms “cytosine deaminase” and “cytidine deaminase” can be used interchangeably. In some cases, a deaminase domain can be an adenine deaminase or an adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the terms “adenine deaminase” and “adenosine deaminase” can be used interchangeably. Details of nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, a nucleobase editor system may comprise more than one base editing component. For example, a nucleobase editor system may include more than one deaminase. In some embodiments, a nuclease base editor system may include one or more cytidine deaminase and/or one or more adenosine deaminases. In some embodiments, a single guide polynucleotide may be utilized to target different deaminases to a target nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a single pair of guide polynucleotides may be utilized to target different deaminases to a target nucleic acid sequence.
The nucleobase component and the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system may be associated with each other covalently or non-covalently. For example, in some embodiments, a deaminase domain can be targeted to a target nucleotide sequence by a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to a deaminase domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can target a deaminase domain to a target nucleotide sequence by non-covalently interacting with or associating with the deaminase domain. For example, in some embodiments, the nucleobase editing component, e.g. the deaminase component can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with an additional heterologous portion or domain that is part of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a steril alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
A base editor system may further comprise a guide polynucleotide component. It should be appreciated that components of the base editor system may be associated with each other via covalent bonds, noncovalent interactions, or any combination of associations and interactions thereof. In some embodiments, a deaminase domain can be targeted to a target nucleotide sequence by a guide polynucleotide. For example, in some embodiments, the nucleobase editing component of the base editor system, e.g. the deaminase component, can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with a portion or segment (e.g., a polynucleotide motif) of a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) can be fused or linked to the deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
In some embodiments, a base editor system can further comprise an inhibitor of base excision repair (BER) component. It should be appreciated that components of the base editor system may be associated with each other via covalent bonds, noncovalent interactions, or any combination of associations and interactions thereof. The inhibitor of BER component may comprise a base excision repair inhibitor. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be a uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be an inosine base excision repair inhibitor. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be targeted to the target nucleotide sequence by the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to an inhibitor of base excision repair. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to a deaminase domain and an inhibitor of base excision repair. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can target an inhibitor of base excision repair to a target nucleotide sequence by non-covalently interacting with or associating with the inhibitor of base excision repair. For example, in some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair component can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with an additional heterologous portion or domain that is part of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be targeted to the target nucleotide sequence by the guide polynucleotide. For example, in some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with a portion or segment (e.g., a polynucleotide motif) of a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion or domain of the guide polynucleotide (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) can be fused or linked to the inhibitor of base excision repair. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
In some embodiments, the base editor inhibits base excision repair of the edited strand. In some embodiments, the base editor protects or binds the non-edited strand. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises UGI activity. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a catalytically inactive inosine-specific nuclease. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises nickase activity. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base pair is upstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides upstream of the PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base-pair is downstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides downstream stream of the PAM site.
In some embodiments, the method does not require a canonical (e.g., NGG) PAM site. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editor comprises a linker or a spacer. In some embodiments, the linker or spacer is 1-25 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker or spacer is 5-20 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker or spacer is 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 amino acids in length.
In some embodiments, the target region comprises a target window, wherein the target window comprises the target nucleobase pair. In some embodiments, the target window comprises 1-10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the target window is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base pair is within the target window. In some embodiments, the target window comprises the intended edit of base pair. In some embodiments, the method is performed using any of the base editors provided herein. In some embodiments, a target window is a deamination window.
In some embodiments, the base editor is a cytidine base editor (CBE). In some embodiments, non-limiting exemplary CBE is BE1 (APOBEC1-XTEN-dCas9), BE2 (APOBEC1-XTEN-dCas9-UGI), BE3 (APOBEC1-XTEN-dCas9(A840H)-UGI), BE3-Gam, saBE3, saBE4-Gam, BE4, BE4-Gam, saBE4, or saB4E-Gam. BE4 extends the APOBEC1-Cas9n(D10A) linker to 32 amino acids and the Cas9n-UGI linker to 9 amino acids, and appends a second copy of UGI to the C terminus of the construct with another 9 amino acid linker into a single base editor construct. The base editors saBE3 and saBE4 have the S. pyogene Cas9n(D10A) replaced with the smaller S. aureus Cas9n(D10A). BE3-Gam, saBE3-Gam, BE4-Gam, and saBE4-Gam have 174 residues of Gam protein fused to the N-terminus of BE3, saBE3, BE4, and saBE4 via the 16 amino acid XTEN linker.
In some embodiments, the base editor is an adenosine base editor (ABE). In some embodiments, the adenosine base editor can deaminate adenine in DNA. In some embodiments, ABE is generated by replacing APOBEC1 component of BE3 with natural or engineered E. coli TadA, human ADAR2, mouse ADA, or human ADAT2. In some embodiments, ABE comprises evolved TadA variant. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE 1.2 (TadA*-XTEN-nCas9-NLS). In some embodiments, TadA* comprises A106V and D108N mutations.
In some embodiments, the ABE is a second generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.1, which comprises additional mutations D147Y and E155V in TadA* (TadA*2.1). In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.2, ABE2.1 fused to catalytically inactivated version of human alkyl adenine DNA glycosylase (AAG with E125Q mutation). In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.3, ABE2.1 fused to catalytically inactivated version of E. coli Endo V (inactivated with D35A mutation). In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.6 which has a linker twice as long (32 amino acids, (SGGS)2-XTEN-(SGGS)2 (“(SGGS)2” disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 138)) as the linker in ABE2.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.7, which is ABE2.1 tethered with an additional wild-type TadA monomer. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.8, which is ABE2.1 tethered with an additional TadA*2.1 monomer. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.9, which is a direct fusion of evolved TadA (TadA*2.1) to the N-terminus of ABE2.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.10, which is a direct fusion of wild type TadA to the N-terminus of ABE2.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.11, which is ABE2.9 with an inactivating E59A mutation at the N-terminus of TadA* monomer. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.12, which is ABE2.9 with an inactivating E59A mutation in the internal TadA* monomer.
In some embodiments, the ABE is a third generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE3.1, which is ABE2.3 with three additional TadA mutations (L84F, H123Y, and I157F).
In some embodiments, the ABE is a fourth generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE4.3, which is ABE3.1 with an additional TadA mutation A142N (TadA*4.3).
In some embodiments, the ABE is a fifth generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE5.1, which is generated by importing a consensus set of mutations from surviving clones (H36L, R51L, S146C, and K157N) into ABE3.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE5.3, which has a heterodimeric construct containing wild-type E. coli TadA fused to an internal evolved TadA*. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE5.2, ABE5.4, ABE5.5, ABE5.6, ABE5.7, ABE5.8, ABE5.9, ABE5.10, ABE5.11, ABE5.12, ABE5.13, or ABE5.14, as shown in below Table 2. In some embodiments, the ABE is a sixth generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE6.1, ABE6.2, ABE6.3, ABE6.4, ABE6.5, or ABE6.6, as shown in below Table 2. In some embodiments, the ABE is a seventh generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE7.1, ABE7.2, ABE7.3, ABE7.4, ABE7.5, ABE7.6, ABE7.7, ABE7.8, ABE7.9, or ABE7.10, as shown in below Table 2.
In some embodiments, the base editor is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., Cas9-derived domain) fused to a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., all or a portion of a deaminase domain). In some embodiments, the base editor further comprises a domain comprising all or a portion of a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a domain comprising all or a portion of a uracil binding protein (UBP), such as a uracil DNA glycosylase (UDG). In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a domain comprising all or a portion of a nucleic acid polymerase. In some embodiments, a nucleic acid polymerase or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a translesion DNA polymerase.
In some embodiments, a domain of the base editor can comprise multiple domains. For example, the base editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain derived from Cas9 can comprise an REC lobe and an NUC lobe corresponding to the REC lobe and NUC lobe of a wild-type or natural Cas9. In another example, the base editor can comprise one or more of a RuvCI domain, BH domain, REC1 domain, REC2 domain, RuvCII domain, L1 domain, HNH domain, L2 domain, RuvCIII domain, WED domain, TOPO domain or CTD domain. In some embodiments, one or more domains of the base editor comprise a mutation (e.g., substitution, insertion, deletion) relative to a wild type version of a polypeptide comprising the domain. For example, an HNH domain of a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain can comprise an H840A substitution. In another example, a RuvCI domain of a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain can comprise a D10A substitution.
Different domains (e.g. adjacent domains) of the base editor disclosed herein can be connected to each other with or without the use of one or more linker domains (e.g. an XTEN linker domain). In some cases, a linker domain can be a bond (e.g., covalent bond), chemical group, or a molecule linking two molecules or moieties, e.g., two domains of a fusion protein, such as, for example, a first domain (e.g., Cas9-derived domain) and a second domain (e.g., a cytidine deaminase domain or adenosine deaminase domain). In some embodiments, a linker is a covalent bond (e.g., a carbon-carbon bond, disulfide bond, carbon-hetero atom bond, etc.). In certain embodiments, a linker is a carbon nitrogen bond of an amide linkage. In certain embodiments, a linker is a cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic or heteroaliphatic linker. In certain embodiments, a linker is polymeric (e.g., polyethylene, polyethylene glycol, polyamide, polyester, etc.). In certain embodiments, a linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminoalkanoic acid. In some embodiments, a linker comprises an aminoalkanoic acid (e.g., glycine, ethanoic acid, alanine, beta-alanine, 3-aminopropanoic acid, 4-aminobutanoic acid, 5-pentanoic acid, etc.). In some embodiments, a linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminohexanoic acid (Ahx). In certain embodiments, a linker is based on a carbocyclic moiety (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane). In other embodiments, a linker comprises a polyethylene glycol moiety (PEG). In certain embodiments, a linker comprises an aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, the linker is based on a phenyl ring. A linker can include functionalized moieties to facilitate attachment of a nucleophile (e.g., thiol, amino) from the peptide to the linker. Any electrophile can be used as part of the linker. Exemplary electrophiles include, but are not limited to, activated esters, activated amides, Michael acceptors, alkyl halides, aryl halides, acyl halides, and isothiocyanates. In some embodiments, a linker joins a gRNA binding domain of an RNA-programmable nuclease, including a Cas9 nuclease domain, and the catalytic domain of a nucleic acid editing protein. In some embodiments, a linker joins a dCas9 and a second domain (e.g., cytidine deaminase, UGI, etc.).
Typically, a linker is positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond, thus connecting the two. In some embodiments, a linker is an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein). In some embodiments, a linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety. In some embodiments, a linker is 2-100 amino acids in length, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 30-35, 35-40, 40-45, 45-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, 90-100, 100-150, or 150-200 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker is about 3 to about 104 (e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100) amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers are also contemplated. In some embodiments, a linker domain comprises the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 16), which can also be referred to as the XTEN linker. Any method for linking the fusion protein domains can be employed (e.g., ranging from very flexible linkers of the form (SGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 18), (GGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 19), (GGGGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 20), and (G)n (SEQ ID NO: 21), to more rigid linkers of the form (EAAAK)n (SEQ ID NO: 22), (GGS)n (SEQ ID NO: 23), SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 16) (see, e.g., Guilinger J P, Thompson D B, Liu D R. Fusion of catalytically inactive Cas9 to FokI nuclease improves the specificity of genome modification. Nat. Biotechnol. 2014; 32(6): 577-82; the entire contents are incorporated herein by reference), or (XP)n motif (SEQ ID NO: 24), or a combination of any of these, in order to achieve the optimal length for activity for the nucleobase editor, wherein n is independently an integer between 1 and 30, and wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In some embodiments, the linker comprises a (GGS)n motif, wherein n is 1, 3, or 7 (SEQ ID NO: 139). In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain of the fusion proteins provided herein are fused via a linker comprising the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES (SEQ ID NO: 16). In some embodiments, a linker comprises a plurality of proline residues and is 5-21, 5-14, 5-9, 5-7 amino acids in length, e.g., PAPAP (SEQ ID NO: 25), PAPAPA (SEQ ID NO: 26), PAPAPAP (SEQ ID NO: 27), PAPAPAPA (SEQ ID NO: 28), P(AP)4 (SEQ ID NO: 29), P(AP)7 (SEQ ID NO: 30), P(AP)10 (SEQ ID NO: 31) (see, e.g., Tan J, Zhang F, Karcher D, Bock R. Engineering of high-precision base editors for site-specific single nucleotide replacement. Nat Commun. 2019 Jan. 25; 10(1):439; the entire contents are incorporated herein by reference). Such proline-rich linkers are also termed “rigid” linkers.
The domains of the base editor disclosed herein can be arranged in any order. Non-limiting examples of a base editor comprising a fusion protein comprising e.g., a polynucleotide-programmable nucleotide-binding domain and a deaminase domain can be arranged as following:
Additionally, in some cases, a Gam protein can be fused to an N terminus of a base editor. In some cases, a Gam protein can be fused to a C terminus of a base editor. The Gam protein of bacteriophage Mu can bind to the ends of double strand breaks (DSBs) and protect them from degradation. In some embodiments, using Gam to bind the free ends of DSB can reduce indel formation during the process of base editing. In some embodiments, 174-residue Gam protein is fused to the N terminus of the base editors. See. Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017). In some cases, a mutation or mutations can change the length of a base editor domain relative to a wild type domain. For example, a deletion of at least one amino acid in at least one domain can reduce the length of the base editor. In another case, a mutation or mutations do not change the length of a domain relative to a wild type domain. For example, substitution(s) in any domain does/do not change the length of the base editor. Non-limiting examples of such base editors, where the length of all the domains is the same as the wild type domains, can include:
In some embodiments, the base editing fusion proteins provided herein need to be positioned at a precise location, for example, where a target base is placed within a defined region (e.g., a “deamination window”). In some cases, a target can be within a 4 base region. In some cases, such a defined target region can be approximately 15 bases upstream of the PAM. See Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
A defined target region can be a deamination window. A deamination window can be the defined region in which a base editor acts upon and deaminates a target nucleotide. In some embodiments, the deamination window is within a 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 base regions. In some embodiments, the deamination window is 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 bases upstream of the PAM.
The base editors of the present disclosure can comprise any domain, feature or amino acid sequence which facilitates the editing of a target polynucleotide sequence. For example, in some embodiments, the base editor comprises a nuclear localization sequence (NLS). In some embodiments, an NLS of the base editor is localized between a deaminase domain and a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, an NLS of the base editor is localized C-terminal to a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain.
Other exemplary features that can be present in a base editor as disclosed herein are localization sequences, such as cytoplasmic localization sequences, export sequences, such as nuclear export sequences, or other localization sequences, as well as sequence tags that are useful for solubilization, purification, or detection of the fusion proteins. Suitable protein tags provided herein include, but are not limited to, biotin carboxylase carrier protein (BCCP) tags, myc-tags, calmodulin-tags, FLAG-tags, hemagglutinin (HA)-tags, polyhistidine tags, also referred to as histidine tags or His-tags, maltose binding protein (MBP)-tags, nus-tags, glutathione-S-transferase (GST)-tags, green fluorescent protein (GFP)-tags, thioredoxin-tags, S-tags, Softags (e.g., Softag 1, Softag 3), strep-tags, biotin ligase tags, FlAsH tags, V5 tags, and SBP-tags. Additional suitable sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises one or more His tags.
Non-limiting examples of protein domains which can be included in the fusion protein include a deaminase domain (e.g., cytidine deaminase and/or adenosine deaminase), a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain, epitope tags, reporter gene sequences, and/or protein domains having one or more of the following activities: methylase activity, demethylase activity, transcription activation activity, transcription repression activity, transcription release factor activity, histone modification activity, RNA cleavage activity, and nucleic acid binding activity. Additional domains can be a heterologous functional domain. Such heterologous functional domains can confer a function activity, such as DNA methylation, DNA damage, DNA repair, modification of a target polypeptide associated with target DNA (e.g., a histone, a DNA-binding protein, etc.), leading to, for example, histone methylation, histone acetylation, histone ubiquitination, and the like.
Other functions conferred can include methyltransferase activity, demethylase activity, deamination activity, dismutase activity, alkylation activity, depurination activity, oxidation activity, pyrimidine dimer forming activity, integrase activity, transposase activity, recombinase activity, polymerase activity, ligase activity, helicase activity, photolyase activity or glycosylase activity, acetyltransferase activity, deacetylase activity, kinase activity, phosphatase activity, ubiquitin ligase activity, deubiquitinating activity, adenylation activity, deadenylation activity, SUMOylating activity, deSUMOylating activity, ribosylation activity, deribosylation activity, myristoylation activity, remodeling activity, protease activity, oxidoreductase activity, transferase activity, hydrolase activity, lyase activity, isomerase activity, synthase activity, synthetase activity, and demyristoylation activity, or any combination thereof.
Non-limiting examples of epitope tags include histidine (His) tags, V5 tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, VSV-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags. Examples of reporter genes include, but are not limited to, glutathione-5-transferase (GST), horseradish peroxidase (HRP), chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) beta-galactosidase, beta-glucuronidase, luciferase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), HcRed, DsRed, cyan fluorescent protein (CFP), yellow fluorescent protein (YFP), and autofluorescent proteins including blue fluorescent protein (BFP). Additional protein sequences can include amino acid sequences that bind DNA molecules or bind other cellular molecules, including but not limited to maltose binding protein (MBP), S-tag, Lex A DNA binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSV) BP16 protein fusions.
CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases have been widely used to mediate targeted genome editing. In most genome editing applications, Cas9 forms a complex with a guide polynucleotide (e.g., single guide RNA (sgRNA)) and induces a double-stranded DNA break (DSB) at the target site specified by the sgRNA sequence. Cells primarily respond to this DSB through the non-homologous end-joining (NHEJ) repair pathway, which results in stochastic insertions or deletions (indels) that can cause frameshift mutations that disrupt the gene. In the presence of a donor DNA template with a high degree of homology to the sequences flanking the DSB, gene correction can be achieved through an alternative pathway known as homology directed repair (HDR). Unfortunately, under most non-perturbative conditions HDR is inefficient, dependent on cell state and cell type, and dominated by a larger frequency of indels. As most of the known genetic variations associated with human disease are point mutations, methods that can more efficiently and cleanly make precise point mutations are needed. Base editing system as provided herein provides a new way to edit genome editing without generating double-strand DNA breaks, without requiring a donor DNA template, and without inducing an excess of stochastic insertions and deletions.
The base editors provided herein are capable of modifying a specific nucleotide base without generating a significant proportion of indels. The term “indel(s)”, as used herein, refers to the insertion or deletion of a nucleotide base within a nucleic acid. Such insertions or deletions can lead to frame shift mutations within a coding region of a gene. In some embodiments, it is desirable to generate base editors that efficiently modify (e.g., mutate or deaminate) a specific nucleotide within a nucleic acid, without generating a large number of insertions or deletions (i.e., indels) in the target nucleotide sequence. In certain embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a greater proportion of intended modifications (e.g., point mutations or deaminations) versus indels.
In some embodiments, any of base editor system provided herein results in less than 50%, less than 40%, less than 30%, less than 20%, less than 19%, less than 18%, less than 17%, less than 16%, less than 15%, less than 14%, less than 13%, less than 12%, less than 11%, less than 10%, less than 9%, less than 8%, less than 7%, less than 6%, less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.9%, less than 0.8%, less than 0.7%, less than 0.6%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.4%, less than 0.3%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.09%, less than 0.08%, less than 0.07%, less than 0.06%, less than 0.05%, less than 0.04%, less than 0.03%, less than 0.02%, or less than 0.01% indel formation in the target polynucleotide sequence.
Some aspects of the disclosure are based on the recognition that any of the base editors provided herein are capable of efficiently generating an intended mutation, such as a point mutation, in a nucleic acid (e.g. a nucleic acid within a genome of a subject) without generating a significant number of unintended mutations, such as unintended point mutations.
In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating at least 0.01% of intended mutations (i.e. at least 0.01% base editing efficiency). In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating at least 0.01%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of intended mutations.
In some embodiments, the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended point mutations to indels that is greater than 1:1. In some embodiments, the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended point mutations to indels that is at least 1.5:1, at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 3.5:1, at least 4:1, at least 4.5:1, at least 5:1, at least 5.5:1, at least 6:1, at least 6.5:1, at least 7:1, at least 7.5:1, at least 8:1, at least 8.5:1, at least 9:1, at least 10:1, at least 11:1, at least 12:1, at least 13:1, at least 14:1, at least 15:1, at least 20:1, at least 25:1, at least 30:1, at least 40:1, at least 50:1, at least 100:1, at least 200:1, at least 300:1, at least 400:1, at least 500:1, at least 600:1, at least 700:1, at least 800:1, at least 900:1, or at least 1000:1, or more.
The number of intended mutations and indels can be determined using any suitable method, for example, as described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632); Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017); the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, to calculate indel frequencies, sequencing reads are scanned for exact matches to two 10-bp sequences that flank both sides of a window in which indels can occur. If no exact matches are located, the read is excluded from analysis. If the length of this indel window exactly matches the reference sequence the read is classified as not containing an indel. If the indel window is two or more bases longer or shorter than the reference sequence, then the sequencing read is classified as an insertion or deletion, respectively. In some embodiments, the base editors provided herein can limit formation of indels in a region of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the region is at a nucleotide targeted by a base editor or a region within 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 nucleotides of a nucleotide targeted by a base editor.
The number of indels formed at a target nucleotide region can depend on the amount of time a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within the genome of a cell) is exposed to a base editor. In some embodiments, the number or proportion of indels is determined after at least 1 hour, at least 2 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 36 hours, at least 48 hours, at least 3 days, at least 4 days, at least 5 days, at least 7 days, at least 10 days, or at least 14 days of exposing the target nucleotide sequence (e.g., a nucleic acid within the genome of a cell) to a base editor. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the base editors as described herein can be applied to any of the fusion proteins, or methods of using the fusion proteins provided herein.
In some embodiments, the base editor system provided herein is capable of multiplex editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs in one or more genes. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in the same gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in one or more gene, wherein at least one gene is located in a different locus. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more base editor system. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more base editor systems with a single guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more base editor system with a plurality of guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more guide polynucleotide with a single base editor system. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise at least one guide polynucleotide that require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise a mix of at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence and at least one guide polynucleotide that require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the multiplex editing using any of the base editors as described herein can be applied to any of combination of the methods of using any of the base editor provided herein. It should also be appreciated that the multiplex editing using any of the base editors as described herein can comprise a sequential editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs.
The methods provided herein comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a target nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide of a subject (e.g., a double-stranded DNA sequence) with a base editor system comprising a nucleobase editor (e.g., an adenosine base editor or a cytidine base editor) and a guide polynucleic acid (e.g., gRNA), wherein the target nucleotide sequence comprises a targeted nucleobase pair; (b) inducing strand separation of the target region; (c) editing a first nucleobase of the target nucleobase pair in a single strand of the target region to a second nucleobase; and (d) cutting no more than one strand of the target region, where a third nucleobase complementary to the first nucleobase base is replaced by a fourth nucleobase complementary to the second nucleobase.
In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs are in one more genes. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is in the same gene. In some embodiments, at least one gene in the one more genes is located in a different locus.
In some embodiments, the editing is editing of the plurality of nucleobase pairs in at least one protein coding region. In some embodiments, the editing is editing of the plurality of nucleobase pairs in at least one protein non-coding region. In some embodiments, the editing is editing of the plurality of nucleobase pairs in at least one protein coding region and at least one protein non-coding region.
In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with one or more guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the base editor system can comprise one or more base editor system. In some embodiments, the base editor system can comprise one or more base editor systems in conjunction with a single guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the base editor system can comprise one or more base editor system in conjunction with a plurality of guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with one or more guide polynucleotide with a single base editor system. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with at least one guide polynucleotide that require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with a mix of at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence and at least one guide polynucleotide that require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the multiplex editing using any of the base editors as described herein can be applied to any of combination of the methods of using any of the base editors provided herein. It should also be appreciated that the editing can comprise a sequential editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs.
The correction of point mutations in disease-associated genes and alleles opens up new strategies for gene correction with applications in therapeutics and basic research.
The present disclosure provides methods for the treatment of a subject diagnosed with a disease associated with or caused by a point mutation that can be corrected by a base editor system provided herein. For example, in some embodiments, a method is provided that comprises administering to a subject having such a disease, e.g., a disease caused by a genetic mutation, an effective amount of a nucleobase editor (e.g., an adenosine deaminase base editor or a cytidine deaminase base editor) that corrects the point mutation in the disease associated gene.
In some embodiments, the disease is a proliferative disease. In some embodiments, the disease is a genetic disease. In some embodiments, the disease is a neoplastic disease. In some embodiments, the disease is a metabolic disease. In some embodiments, the disease is a lysosomal storage disease. Exemplary suitable diseases and disorders include, without limitation, retinitis pigmentosa (e.g., adRP-PRPF3, adRP-RHO), Usher syndrome type 1F, sickle cell disease, alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD), hepatic porphyria, MCAD deficiency, LAL deficiency, phenylketonuria (PKU), hemochromatosis, Von Gierke disease (GSD1a), Pompe disease (GSDII), Gaucher disease, Hurler syndrome (MPS1), cystic fibrosis, homocystinuria (HCU) or chronic pain. Other diseases that can be treated by correcting a point mutation or introducing a deactivating mutation into a disease-associated gene are known to those of skill in the art, and the disclosure is not limited in this respect. Provided are methods for the treatment of additional diseases or disorders, e.g., diseases or disorders that are associated or caused by a point mutation that can be corrected by deaminase mediated gene editing. Such diseases are described herein, and additional suitable diseases that can be treated with the strategies and fusion proteins provided herein will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on the instant disclosure.
In a certain aspect, methods are provided for the treatment of A1AD, which is associated or caused by a point mutation (e.g., in the SERPINA1 gene encoding the A1AT protein) and can be corrected by deaminase mediated gene editing.
It will be understood that the numbering of the specific positions or residues in the respective sequences, e.g., polynucleotide or amino acid sequences of a disease-related gene or its encoded protein, respectively, depends on the particular protein and numbering scheme used. Numbering can be different, e.g., in precursors of a mature protein and the mature protein itself, and differences in sequences from species to species can affect numbering. One of skill in the art will be able to identify the respective residue in any homologous protein and in the respective encoding nucleic acid by methods well known in the art, e.g., by sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues.
Provided herein are methods of using the base editor or base editor system for editing a nucleobase in a target nucleotide sequence associated with a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the activity of the base editor (e.g., comprising an adenosine deaminase and a Cas9 domain) results in a correction of the point mutation. In some embodiments, the target DNA sequence comprises a G→A point mutation associated with a disease or disorder, and wherein the deamination of the mutant A base results in a sequence that is not associated with a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the target DNA sequence comprises a T→C point mutation associated with a disease or disorder, and wherein the deamination of the mutant C base results in a sequence that is not associated with a disease or disorder.
In some embodiments, the target DNA sequence encodes a protein, and the point mutation is in a codon and results in a change in the amino acid encoded by the mutant codon as compared to the wild-type codon. In some embodiments, the deamination of the mutant A results in a change of the amino acid encoded by the mutant codon. In some embodiments, the deamination of the mutant A results in the codon encoding the wild-type amino acid. In some embodiments, the deamination of the mutant C results in a change of the amino acid encoded by the mutant codon. In some embodiments, the deamination of the mutant C results in the codon encoding the wild-type amino acid. In some embodiments, the subject has or has been diagnosed with a disease or disorder.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminases provided herein are capable of deaminating adenine of a deoxyadenosine residue of DNA. Other aspects of the disclosure provide fusion proteins that comprise an adenosine deaminase (e.g., an adenosine deaminase that deaminates deoxyadenosine in DNA as described herein) and a domain (e.g., a Cas9 or a Cpf1 protein) capable of binding to a specific nucleotide sequence. For example, the adenosine can be converted to an inosine residue, which typically base pairs with a cytosine residue. Such fusion proteins are useful inter alia for targeted editing of nucleic acid sequences. Such fusion proteins can be used for targeted editing of DNA in vitro, e.g., for the generation of mutant cells or animals; for the introduction of targeted mutations, e.g., for the correction of genetic defects in cells ex vivo, e.g., in cells obtained from a subject that are subsequently re-introduced into the same or another subject; and for the introduction of targeted mutations in vivo, e.g., the correction of genetic defects or the introduction of deactivating mutations in disease-associated genes in a G to A, or a T to C to mutation can be treated using the nucleobase editors provided herein. The present disclosure provides deaminases, fusion proteins, nucleic acids, vectors, cells, compositions, methods, kits, systems, etc. that utilize the deaminases and nucleobase editors.
The suitability of nucleobase editors that target a nucleotide in the SERPINA1 gene is evaluated as described herein. In one embodiment, a single cell of interest is transfected, transduced, or otherwise modified with a nucleic acid molecule or molecules encoding a nucleobase editor described herein together with a small amount of a vector encoding a reporter (e.g., GFP). These cells can be immortalized human cell lines, such as 293T, K562 or U20S. Alternatively, primary human cells may be used. Cells may also be obtained from a subject or individual, such as from tissue biopsy, surgery, blood, plasma, serum, or other biological fluid. Such cells may be relevant to the eventual cell target,
Delivery may be performed using a viral vector as further described below. In one embodiment, transfection may be performed using lipid transfection (such as Lipofectamine or Fugene) or by electroporation. Following transfection, expression of GFP can be determined either by fluorescence microscopy or by flow cytometry to confirm consistent and high levels of transfection. These preliminary transfections can comprise different nucleobase editors to determine which combinations of editors give the greatest activity.
The activity of the nucleobase editor is assessed as described herein, i.e., by sequencing the target gene to detect alterations in the target sequence. For Sanger sequencing, purified PCR amplicons are cloned into a plasmid backbone, transformed, miniprepped and sequenced with a single primer. Sequencing may also be performed using next generation sequencing techniques. When using next generation sequencing, amplicons may be 300-500 bp with the intended cut site placed asymmetrically. Following PCR, next generation sequencing adapters and barcodes (for example Illumina multiplex adapters and indexes) may be added to the ends of the amplicon, e.g., for use in high throughput sequencing (for example on an Illumina MiSeq).
The fusion proteins that induce the greatest levels of target specific alterations in initial tests can be selected for further evaluation.
In particular embodiments, the nucleobase editors are used to target polynucleotides of interest. In one embodiment, a nucleobase editor of the invention is delivered to cells (e.g., hepatocytes) in conjunction with a guide RNA that is used to target a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., a SERPINA1 polynucleotide harboring AIAD-associated mutations, thereby altering the target gene, i.e., SERPINA1.
In some embodiments, a base editor is targeted by a guide RNA to introduce one or more edits to the sequence of a gene of interest. In some embodiments, the one or more alterations introduced into the SERPINA1 or SERPINC1 gene are as presented in Tables 3A and 3B infra.
In some embodiments, the purpose of the methods provided herein is to restore the function of a dysfunctional gene via gene editing. In some embodiments, the function of a dysfunctional gene is restored by introducing an intended mutation. The nucleobase editing proteins provided herein can be validated for gene editing-based human therapeutics in vitro, e.g., by correcting a disease-associated mutation in human cell culture. It will be understood by the skilled artisan that the nucleobase editing proteins provided herein, e.g., the fusion proteins comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., Cas9) and a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., an adenosine deaminase domain or a cytidine deaminase domain) can be used to correct any single point A to G or C to T mutation. In the first case, deamination of the mutant A to I corrects the mutation, and in the latter case, deamination of the A that is base-paired with the mutant T, followed by a round of replication, corrects the mutation.
In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides base editors that can efficiently generating an intended mutation, such as a point mutation, in a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within a genome of a subject) without generating a significant number of unintended mutations, such as unintended point mutations. In some embodiments, an intended mutation is a mutation that is generated by a specific base editor (e.g., cytidine base editor or adenosine base editor) bound to a guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA), specifically designed to generate the intended mutation. In some embodiments, the intended mutation is a mutation associated with a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the intended mutation is an adenine (A) to guanine (G) point mutation associated with a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the intended mutation is a cytosine (C) to thymine (T) point mutation associated with a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the intended mutation is an adenine (A) to guanine (G) point mutation within the coding region or non-coding region of a gene. In some embodiments, the intended mutation is a cytosine (C) to thymine (T) point mutation within the coding region or non-coding region of a gene. In some embodiments, the intended mutation is a point mutation that generates a stop codon, for example, a premature stop codon within the coding region of a gene. In some embodiments, the intended mutation is a mutation that eliminates a stop codon.
In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended mutations to unintended mutations (e.g., intended point mutations: unintended point mutations) that is greater than 1:1. In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended mutations to unintended mutations (e.g., intended point mutations:unintended point mutations) that is at least 1.5:1, at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 3.5:1, at least 4:1, at least 4.5:1, at least 5:1, at least 5.5:1, at least 6:1, at least 6.5:1, at least 7:1, at least 7.5:1, at least 8:1, at least 10:1, at least 12:1, at least 15:1, at least 20:1, at least 25:1, at least 30:1, at least 40:1, at least 50:1, at least 100:1, at least 150:1, at least 200:1, at least 250:1, at least 500:1, or at least 1000:1, or more
Details of base editor efficiency are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, the editing of the plurality of nucleobase pairs in one or more genes result in formation of at least one intended mutation. In some embodiments, the formation of the at least one intended mutation results in a precise correction of a disease causing mutation. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the multiplex editing of the base editors as described herein can be applied to any of combination of the methods of using the base editor provided herein.
In some embodiments, the intended mutation is a precise correction of a pathogenic mutation or a disease-causing mutation in a gene associated with a disease or pathology. The pathogenic mutation can be a pathogenic single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) or can be caused by a SNP. For example, the pathogenic mutation can be an amino acid change in a protein encoded by a gene. In another example, the pathogenic mutation can be a pathogenic SNP in a gene. The precise correction can revert the pathogenic mutation back to its wild-type state. In some embodiments, the pathogenic mutation is a G→A point mutation associated with a disease or disorder, wherein the deamination of the mutant A base with an A-to-G base editor (ABE) results in a sequence that is not associated with a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the pathogenic mutation is a C→T point mutation. The C→T point mutation can be corrected, for example, by targeting an A-to-G base editor (ABE) to the opposite strand and editing the complement A of the pathogenic T nucleobase. In some embodiments, the pathogenic mutation is a T→C point mutation associated with a disease or disorder, and wherein the deamination of the mutant C base with a C-to-T base editor (BE or CBE) results in a sequence that is not associated with a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the pathogenic mutation is an A→G point mutation. The A→G point mutation can be corrected, for example, by targeting a CBE to the opposite strand and editing the complement C of the pathogenic G nucleobase. Non-limiting exemplary pathogenic mutations or disease-causing mutations are listed in Tables 3A and 3B herein, along with the base editor that can be used to correct the mutation by editing the pathogenic mutation back to its wild-type state. The indicated base editor can be targeted to a pathogenic SNP, or to the complement of the pathogenic SNP. Details of the nomenclature of the description of mutations and other sequence variations are described in den Dunnen, J. T. and Antonarakis, S. E., “Mutation Nomenclature Extensions and Suggestions to Describe Complex Mutations: A Discussion.” Human Mutation 15:712 (2000), the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD). In some embodiments, the pathogenic mutation is in the SERPINA1 gene which encodes the A1AT protein. In some embodiments, the mutation of the SERPINA1-encoded A1AT protein is E342K (PiZ allele) (
A base editor disclosed herein can be encoded on a nucleic acid that is contained in a viral vector. Viral vectors can include lentivirus, Adenovirus, Retrovirus, and Adeno-associated viruses (AAVs). Viral vectors can be selected based on the application. For example, AAVs are commonly used for gene delivery in vivo due to their mild immunogenicity. Adenoviruses are commonly used as vaccines because of the strong immunogenic response they induce. Packaging capacity of the viral vectors can limit the size of the base editor that can be packaged into the vector. For example, the packaging capacity of the AAVs is ˜4.5 kb including two 145 base inverted terminal repeats (ITRs).
AAV is a small, single-stranded DNA dependent virus belonging to the parvovirus family. The 4.7 kb wild-type (wt) AAV genome is made up of two genes that encode four replication proteins and three capsid proteins, respectively, and is flanked on either side by 145-bp inverted terminal repeats (ITRs). The virion is composed of three capsid proteins, Vp1, Vp2, and Vp3, produced in a 1:1:10 ratio from the same open reading frame but from differential splicing (Vp1) and alternative translational start sites (Vp2 and Vp3, respectively). Vp3 is the most abundant subunit in the virion and participates in receptor recognition at the cell surface defining the tropism of the virus. A phospholipase domain, which functions in viral infectivity, has been identified in the unique N terminus of Vp1.
Similar to wt AAV, recombinant AAV (rAAV) utilizes the cis-acting 145-bp ITRs to flank vector transgene cassettes, providing up to 4.5 kb for packaging of foreign DNA. Subsequent to infection, rAAV can express a fusion protein of the invention and persist without integration into the host genome by existing episomally in circular head-to-tail concatemers. Although there are numerous examples of rAAV success using this system, in vitro and in vivo, the limited packaging capacity has limited the use of AAV-mediated gene delivery when the length of the coding sequence of the gene is equal or greater in size than the wt AAV genome.
The small packaging capacity of AAV vectors makes the delivery of a number of genes that exceed this size and/or the use of large physiological regulatory elements challenging. These challenges can be addressed, for example, by dividing the protein(s) to be delivered into two or more fragments, wherein the N-terminal fragment is fused to a split intein-N and the C-terminal fragment is fused to a split intein-C. These fragments are then packaged into two or more AAV vectors. As used herein, “intein” refers to a self-splicing protein intron (e.g., peptide) that ligates flanking N-terminal and C-terminal exteins (e.g., fragments to be joined). The use of certain inteins for joining heterologous protein fragments is described, for example, in Wood et al., J. Biol. Chem. 289(21); 14512-9 (2014). For example, when fused to separate protein fragments, the inteins IntN and IntC recognize each other, splice themselves out and simultaneously ligate the flanking N- and C-terminal exteins of the protein fragments to which they were fused, thereby reconstituting a full-length protein from the two protein fragments. Other suitable inteins will be apparent to a person of skill in the art.
A fragment of a fusion protein of the invention can vary in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from 2 amino acids to about 1000 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from about 5 amino acids to about 500 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from about 20 amino acids to about 200 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from about 10 amino acids to about 100 amino acids in length. Suitable protein fragments of other lengths will be apparent to a person of skill in the art.
In some embodiments, a portion or fragment of a nuclease (e.g., Cas9) is fused to an intein. The nuclease can be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the intein. In some embodiments, a portion or fragment of a fusion protein is fused to an intein and fused to an AAV capsid protein. The intein, nuclease and capsid protein can be fused together in any arrangement (e.g., nuclease-intein-capsid, intein-nuclease-capsid, capsid-intein-nuclease, etc.). In some embodiments, the N-terminus of an intein is fused to the C-terminus of a fusion protein and the C-terminus of the intein is fused to the N-terminus of an AAV capsid protein.
In one embodiment, dual AAV vectors are generated by splitting a large transgene expression cassette in two separate halves (5′ and 3′ ends, or head and tail), where each half of the cassette is packaged in a single AAV vector (of <5 kb). The re-assembly of the full-length transgene expression cassette is then achieved upon co-infection of the same cell by both dual AAV vectors followed by: (1) homologous recombination (HR) between 5′ and 3′ genomes (dual AAV overlapping vectors); (2) ITR-mediated tail-to-head concatemerization of 5′ and 3′ genomes (dual AAV trans-splicing vectors); or (3) a combination of these two mechanisms (dual AAV hybrid vectors). The use of dual AAV vectors in vivo results in the expression of full-length proteins. The use of the dual AAV vector platform represents an efficient and viable gene transfer strategy for transgenes of >4.7 kb in size.
The disclosed strategies for designing base editors can be useful for generating base editors capable of being packaged into a viral vector. The use of RNA or DNA viral based systems for the delivery of a base editor takes advantage of highly evolved processes for targeting a virus to specific cells in culture or in the host and trafficking the viral payload to the nucleus or host cell genome. Viral vectors can be administered directly to cells in culture, patients (in vivo), or they can be used to treat cells in vitro, and the modified cells can optionally be administered to patients (ex vivo). Conventional viral based systems could include retroviral, lentivirus, adenoviral, adeno-associated and herpes simplex virus vectors for gene transfer. Integration in the host genome is possible with the retrovirus, lentivirus, and adeno-associated virus gene transfer methods, often resulting in long term expression of the inserted transgene. Additionally, high transduction efficiencies have been observed in many different cell types and target tissues.
The tropism of a retrovirus can be altered by incorporating foreign envelope proteins, expanding the potential target population of target cells. Lentiviral vectors are retroviral vectors that are able to transduce or infect non-dividing cells and typically produce high viral titers. Selection of a retroviral gene transfer system would therefore depend on the target tissue. Retroviral vectors are comprised of cis-acting long terminal repeats with packaging capacity for up to 6-10 kb of foreign sequence. The minimum cis-acting LTRs are sufficient for replication and packaging of the vectors, which are then used to integrate the therapeutic gene into the target cell to provide permanent transgene expression. Widely used retroviral vectors include those based upon murine leukemia virus (MuLV), gibbon ape leukemia virus (GaLV), Simian Immuno deficiency virus (SIV), human immuno deficiency virus (HIV), and combinations thereof (See, e.g., Buchscher et al., J. Virol. 66:2731-2739 (1992); Johann et al., J. Virol. 66:1635-1640 (1992); Sommnerfelt et al., Virol. 176:58-59 (1990); Wilson et al., J. Virol. 63:2374-2378 (1989); Miller et al., J. Virol. 65:2220-2224 (1991); PCT/US94/05700).
Retroviral vectors, especially lentiviral vectors, can require polynucleotide sequences smaller than a given length for efficient integration into a target cell. For example, retroviral vectors of length greater than 9 kb can result in low viral titers compared with those of smaller size. In some aspects, a base editor of the present disclosure is of sufficient size so as to enable efficient packaging and delivery into a target cell via a retroviral vector. In some cases, a base editor is of a size so as to allow efficient packing and delivery even when expressed together with a guide nucleic acid and/or other components of a targetable nuclease system.
In applications where transient expression is preferred, adenoviral based systems can be used. Adenoviral based vectors are capable of very high transduction efficiency in many cell types and do not require cell division. With such vectors, high titer and levels of expression have been obtained. This vector can be produced in large quantities in a relatively simple system. Adeno-associated virus (“AAV”) vectors can also be used to transduce cells with target nucleic acids, e.g., in the in vitro production of nucleic acids and peptides, and for in vivo and ex vivo gene therapy procedures (See, e.g., West et al., Virology 160:38-47 (1987); U.S. Pat. No. 4,797,368; WO 93/24641; Kotin, Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801 (1994); Muzyczka, J. Clin. Invest. 94:1351 (1994). The construction of recombinant AAV vectors is described in a number of publications, including U.S. Pat. No. 5,173,414; Tratschin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:3251-3260 (1985); Tratschin, et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:2072-2081 (1984); Hermonat & Muzyczka, PNAS 81:6466-6470 (1984); and Samulski et al., J. Virol. 63:03822-3828 (1989).
A base editor described herein can therefore be delivered with viral vectors. One or more components of the base editor system can be encoded on one or more viral vectors. For example, a base editor and guide nucleic acid can be encoded on a single viral vector. In other cases, the base editor and guide nucleic acid are encoded on different viral vectors. In either case, the base editor and guide nucleic acid can each be operably linked to a promoter and terminator.
The combination of components encoded on a viral vector can be determined by the cargo size constraints of the chosen viral vector.
Non-viral delivery approaches for base editors are also available. One important category of non-viral nucleic acid vectors are nanoparticles, which can be organic or inorganic. Nanoparticles are well known in the art. Any suitable nanoparticle design can be used to deliver genome editing system components or nucleic acids encoding such components. For instance, organic (e.g. lipid and/or polymer) nanoparticles can be suitable for use as delivery vehicles in certain embodiments of this disclosure. Exemplary lipids for use in nanoparticle formulations, and/or gene transfer are shown in Table 4 (below).
Table 5 lists exemplary polymers for use in gene transfer and/or nanoparticle formulations.
Table 6 summarizes delivery methods for a polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein described herein.
In another aspect, the delivery of genome editing system components or nucleic acids encoding such components, for example, a nucleic acid binding protein such as, for example, Cas9 or variants thereof, and a gRNA targeting a genomic nucleic acid sequence of interest, may be accomplished by delivering a ribonucleoprotein (RNP) to cells. The RNP comprises the nucleic acid binding protein, e.g., Cas9, in complex with the targeting gRNA. RNPs may be delivered to cells using known methods, such as electroporation, nucleofection, or cationic lipid-mediated methods, for example, as reported by Zuris, J. A. et al., 2015, Nat. Biotechnology, 33(1):73-80. RNPs are advantageous for use in CRISPR base editing systems, particularly for cells that are difficult to transfect, such as primary cells. In addition, RNPs can also alleviate difficulties that may occur with protein expression in cells, especially when eukaryotic promoters, e.g., CMV or EF1A, which may be used in CRISPR plasmids, are not well-expressed. Advantageously, the use of RNPs does not require the delivery of foreign DNA into cells. Moreover, because an RNP comprising a nucleic acid binding protein and gRNA complex is degraded over time, the use of RNPs has the potential to limit off-target effects. In a manner similar to that for plasmid based techniques, RNPs can be used to deliver binding protein (e.g., Cas9 variants) and to direct homology directed repair (HDR).
A promoter used to drive base editor coding nucleic acid molecule expression can include AAV ITR. This can be advantageous for eliminating the need for an additional promoter element, which can take up space in the vector. The additional space freed up can be used to drive the expression of additional elements, such as a guide nucleic acid or a selectable marker. ITR activity is relatively weak, so it can be used to reduce potential toxicity due to over expression of the chosen nuclease.
Any suitable promoter can be used to drive expression of the base editor and, where appropriate, the guide nucleic acid. For ubiquitous expression, promoters that can be used include CMV, CAG, CBh, PGK, SV40, Ferritin heavy or light chains, etc. For brain or other CNS cell expression, suitable promoters can include: SynapsinI for all neurons, CaMKIIalpha for excitatory neurons, GAD67 or GAD65 or VGAT for GABAergic neurons, etc. For liver cell expression, suitable promoters include the Albumin promoter. For lung cell expression, suitable promoters can include SP-B. For endothelial cells, suitable promoters can include ICAM. For hematopoietic cells suitable promoters can include IFNbeta or CD45. For Osteoblasts suitable promoters can include OG-2.
In some cases, a base editor of the present disclosure is of small enough size to allow separate promoters to drive expression of the base editor and a compatible guide nucleic acid within the same nucleic acid molecule. For instance, a vector or viral vector can comprise a first promoter operably linked to a nucleic acid encoding the base editor and a second promoter operably linked to the guide nucleic acid.
The promoter used to drive expression of a guide nucleic acid can include: Pol III promoters such as U6 or H1 Use of Pol II promoter and intronic cassettes to express gRNA Adeno Associated Virus (AAV).
A base editor described herein with or without one or more guide nucleic can be delivered using adeno associated virus (AAV), lentivirus, adenovirus or other plasmid or viral vector types, in particular, using formulations and doses from, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 8,454,972 (formulations, doses for adenovirus), U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,658 (formulations, doses for AAV) and U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,946 (formulations, doses for DNA plasmids) and from clinical trials and publications regarding the clinical trials involving lentivirus, AAV and adenovirus. For example, for AAV, the route of administration, formulation and dose can be as in U.S. Pat. No. 8,454,972 and as in clinical trials involving AAV. For Adenovirus, the route of administration, formulation and dose can be as in U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,658 and as in clinical trials involving adenovirus. For plasmid delivery, the route of administration, formulation and dose can be as in U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,946 and as in clinical studies involving plasmids. Doses can be based on or extrapolated to an average 70 kg individual (e.g. a male adult human), and can be adjusted for patients, subjects, mammals of different weight and species. Frequency of administration is within the ambit of the medical or veterinary practitioner (e.g., physician, veterinarian), depending on usual factors including the age, sex, general health, other conditions of the patient or subject and the particular condition or symptoms being addressed. The viral vectors can be injected into the tissue of interest. For cell-type specific base editing, the expression of the base editor and optional guide nucleic acid can be driven by a cell-type specific promoter.
For in vivo delivery, AAV can be advantageous over other viral vectors. In some cases, AAV allows low toxicity, which can be due to the purification method not requiring ultra-centrifugation of cell particles that can activate the immune response. In some cases, AAV allows low probability of causing insertional mutagenesis because it doesn't integrate into the host genome.
AAV has a packaging limit of 4.5 or 4.75 Kb. This means disclosed base editor as well as a promoter and transcription terminator can fit into a single viral vector. Constructs larger than 4.5 or 4.75 Kb can lead to significantly reduced virus production. For example, SpCas9 is quite large, the gene itself is over 4.1 Kb, which makes it difficult for packing into AAV. Therefore, embodiments of the present disclosure include utilizing a disclosed base editor which is shorter in length than conventional base editors. In some examples, the base editors are less than 4 kb. Disclosed base editors can be less than 4.5 kb, 4.4 kb, 4.3 kb, 4.2 kb, 4.1 kb, 4 kb, 3.9 kb, 3.8 kb, 3.7 kb, 3.6 kb, 3.5 kb, 3.4 kb, 3.3 kb, 3.2 kb, 3.1 kb, 3 kb, 2.9 kb, 2.8 kb, 2.7 kb, 2.6 kb, 2.5 kb, 2 kb, or 1.5 kb. In some cases, the disclosed base editors are 4.5 kb or less in length.
An AAV can be AAV1, AAV2, AAV5 or any combination thereof. One can select the type of AAV with regard to the cells to be targeted; e.g., one can select AAV serotypes 1, 2, 5 or a hybrid capsid AAV1, AAV2, AAV5 or any combination thereof for targeting brain or neuronal cells; and one can select AAV4 for targeting cardiac tissue. AAV8 is useful for delivery to the liver. A tabulation of certain AAV serotypes as to these cells can be found in Grimm, D. et al, J. Virol. 82: 5887-5911 (2008)).
Lentiviruses are complex retroviruses that have the ability to infect and express their genes in both mitotic and post-mitotic cells. The most commonly known lentivirus is the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), which uses the envelope glycoproteins of other viruses to target a broad range of cell types.
Lentiviruses can be prepared as follows. After cloning pCasES10 (which contains a lentiviral transfer plasmid backbone), HEK293FT at low passage (p=5) were seeded in a T-75 flask to 50% confluence the day before transfection in DMEM with 10% fetal bovine serum and without antibiotics. After 20 hours, media is changed to OptiMEM (serum-free) media and transfection was done 4 hours later. Cells are transfected with 10 μg of lentiviral transfer plasmid (pCasES10) and the following packaging plasmids: 5 μg of pMD2.G (VSV-g pseudotype), and 7.5 μg of psPAX2 (gag/pol/rev/tat). Transfection can be done in 4 mL OptiMEM with a cationic lipid delivery agent (50 μl Lipofectamine 2000 and 100 ul Plus reagent). After 6 hours, the media is changed to antibiotic-free DMEM with 10% fetal bovine serum. These methods use serum during cell culture, but serum-free methods are preferred.
Lentivirus can be purified as follows. Viral supernatants are harvested after 48 hours. Supernatants are first cleared of debris and filtered through a 0.45 μm low protein binding (PVDF) filter. They are then spun in an ultracentrifuge for 2 hours at 24,000 rpm. Viral pellets are resuspended in 50 μl of DMEM overnight at 4° C. They are then aliquoted and immediately frozen at −80° C.
In another embodiment, minimal non-primate lentiviral vectors based on the equine infectious anemia virus (EIAV) are also contemplated. In another embodiment, RetinoStat®, an equine infectious anemia virus-based lentiviral gene therapy vector that expresses angiostatic proteins endostatin and angiostatin that is contemplated to be delivered via a subretinal injection. In another embodiment, use of self-inactivating lentiviral vectors is contemplated.
Any RNA of the systems, for example a guide RNA or a base editor-encoding mRNA, can be delivered in the form of RNA. Base editor-encoding mRNA can be generated using in vitro transcription. For example, nuclease mRNA can be synthesized using a PCR cassette containing the following elements: T7 promoter, optional kozak sequence (GCCACC), nuclease sequence, and 3′ UTR such as a 3′ UTR from beta globin-polyA tail. The cassette can be used for transcription by T7 polymerase. Guide polynucleotides (e.g., gRNA) can also be transcribed using in vitro transcription from a cassette containing a T7 promoter, followed by the sequence “GG”, and guide polynucleotide sequence.
To enhance expression and reduce possible toxicity, the base editor-coding sequence and/or the guide nucleic acid can be modified to include one or more modified nucleoside e.g. using pseudo-U or 5-Methyl-C.
The disclosure in some embodiments comprehends a method of modifying a cell or organism. The cell can be a prokaryotic cell or a eukaryotic cell. The cell can be a mammalian cell. The mammalian cell many be a non-human primate, bovine, porcine, rodent or mouse cell. The modification introduced to the cell by the base editors, compositions and methods of the present disclosure can be such that the cell and progeny of the cell are altered for improved production of biologic products such as an antibody, starch, alcohol or other desired cellular output. The modification introduced to the cell by the methods of the present disclosure can be such that the cell and progeny of the cell include an alteration that changes the biologic product produced.
The system can comprise one or more different vectors. In an aspect, the base editor is codon optimized for expression the desired cell type, preferentially a eukaryotic cell, preferably a mammalian cell or a human cell.
In general, codon optimization refers to a process of modifying a nucleic acid sequence for enhanced expression in the host cells of interest by replacing at least one codon (e.g. about or more than about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, or more codons) of the native sequence with codons that are more frequently or most frequently used in the genes of that host cell while maintaining the native amino acid sequence. Various species exhibit particular bias for certain codons of a particular amino acid. Codon bias (differences in codon usage between organisms) often correlates with the efficiency of translation of messenger RNA (mRNA), which is in turn believed to be dependent on, among other things, the properties of the codons being translated and the availability of particular transfer RNA (tRNA) molecules. The predominance of selected tRNAs in a cell is generally a reflection of the codons used most frequently in peptide synthesis. Accordingly, genes can be tailored for optimal gene expression in a given organism based on codon optimization. Codon usage tables are readily available, for example, at the “Codon Usage Database” available at www.kazusa.orjp/codon/(visited Jul. 9, 2002), and these tables can be adapted in a number of ways. See, Nakamura, Y., et al. “Codon usage tabulated from the international DNA sequence databases: status for the year 2000” Nucl. Acids Res. 28:292 (2000). Computer algorithms for codon optimizing a particular sequence for expression in a particular host cell are also available, such as Gene Forge (Aptagen; Jacobus, Pa.), are also available. In some embodiments, one or more codons (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, or more, or all codons) in a sequence encoding an engineered nuclease correspond to the most frequently used codon for a particular amino acid.
Packaging cells are typically used to form virus particles that are capable of infecting a host cell. Such cells include 293 cells, which package adenovirus, and psi.2 cells or PA317 cells, which package retrovirus. Viral vectors used in gene therapy are usually generated by producing a cell line that packages a nucleic acid vector into a viral particle. The vectors typically contain the minimal viral sequences required for packaging and subsequent integration into a host, other viral sequences being replaced by an expression cassette for the polynucleotide(s) to be expressed. The missing viral functions are typically supplied in trans by the packaging cell line. For example, AAV vectors used in gene therapy typically only possess ITR sequences from the AAV genome which are required for packaging and integration into the host genome. Viral DNA can be packaged in a cell line, which contains a helper plasmid encoding the other AAV genes, namely rep and cap, but lacking ITR sequences. The cell line can also be infected with adenovirus as a helper. The helper virus can promote replication of the AAV vector and expression of AAV genes from the helper plasmid. The helper plasmid in some cases is not packaged in significant amounts due to a lack of ITR sequences. Contamination with adenovirus can be reduced by, e.g., heat treatment to which adenovirus is more sensitive than AAV.
Other aspects of the present disclosure relate to pharmaceutical compositions comprising any of the base editors, fusion proteins, or the fusion protein-guide polynucleotide complexes described herein. The term “pharmaceutical composition”, as used herein, refers to a composition formulated for pharmaceutical use. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises additional agents (e.g., for specific delivery, increasing half-life, or other therapeutic compounds).
As used here, the term “pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier” means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid (e.g., lubricant, talc magnesium, calcium or zinc stearate, or steric acid), or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the compound from one site (e.g., the delivery site) of the body, to another site (e.g., organ, tissue or portion of the body). A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the tissue of the subject (e.g., physiologically compatible, sterile, physiologic pH, etc.).
Some nonlimiting examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol (PEG); (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) pH buffered solutions; (21) polyesters, polycarbonates and/or polyanhydrides; (22) bulking agents, such as polypeptides and amino acids (23) serum alcohols, such as ethanol; and (23) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. Wetting agents, coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, preservative and antioxidants can also be present in the formulation. The terms such as “excipient,” “carrier,” “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” “vehicle,” or the like are used interchangeably herein.
Pharmaceutical compositions can comprise one or more pH buffering compounds to maintain the pH of the formulation at a predetermined level that reflects physiological pH, such as in the range of about 5.0 to about 8.0. The pH buffering compound used in the aqueous liquid formulation can be an amino acid or mixture of amino acids, such as histidine or a mixture of amino acids such as histidine and glycine. Alternatively, the pH buffering compound is preferably an agent which maintains the pH of the formulation at a predetermined level, such as in the range of about 5.0 to about 8.0, and which does not chelate calcium ions. Illustrative examples of such pH buffering compounds include, but are not limited to, imidazole and acetate ions. The pH buffering compound may be present in any amount suitable to maintain the pH of the formulation at a predetermined level.
Pharmaceutical compositions can also contain one or more osmotic modulating agents, i.e., a compound that modulates the osmotic properties (e.g, tonicity, osmolality, and/or osmotic pressure) of the formulation to a level that is acceptable to the blood stream and blood cells of recipient individuals. The osmotic modulating agent can be an agent that does not chelate calcium ions. The osmotic modulating agent can be any compound known or available to those skilled in the art that modulates the osmotic properties of the formulation. One skilled in the art may empirically determine the suitability of a given osmotic modulating agent for use in the inventive formulation. Illustrative examples of suitable types of osmotic modulating agents include, but are not limited to: salts, such as sodium chloride and sodium acetate; sugars, such as sucrose, dextrose, and mannitol; amino acids, such as glycine; and mixtures of one or more of these agents and/or types of agents. The osmotic modulating agent(s) may be present in any concentration sufficient to modulate the osmotic properties of the formulation.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for delivery to a subject, e.g., for gene editing. Suitable routes of administrating the pharmaceutical composition described herein include, without limitation: topical, subcutaneous, transdermal, intradermal, intralesional, intraarticular, intraperitoneal, intravesical, transmucosal, gingival, intradental, intracochlear, transtympanic, intraorgan, epidural, intrathecal, intramuscular, intravenous, intravascular, intraosseus, periocular, intratumoral, intracerebral, and intracerebroventricular administration.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition described herein is administered locally to a diseased site (e.g., tumor site). In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition described herein is administered to a subject by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, the implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including a membrane, such as a sialastic membrane, or a fiber.
In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition described herein is delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a pump can be used (See, e.g., Langer, 1990, Science 249: 1527-1533; Sefton, 1989, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al., 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al., 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used. (See, e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release (Langer and Wise eds., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance (Smolen and Ball eds., Wiley, New York, 1984); Ranger and Peppas, 1983, Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61. See also Levy et al., 1985, Science 228: 190; During et al., 1989, Ann. Neurol. 25:351; Howard et ah, 1989, J. Neurosurg. 71: 105.) Other controlled release systems are discussed, for example, in Langer, supra.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a composition adapted for intravenous or subcutaneous administration to a subject, e.g., a human. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical composition for administration by injection are solutions in sterile isotonic use as solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the pharmaceutical is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the pharmaceutical composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
A pharmaceutical composition for systemic administration can be a liquid, e.g., sterile saline, lactated Ringer's or Hank's solution. In addition, the pharmaceutical composition can be in solid forms and re-dissolved or suspended immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms are also contemplated. The pharmaceutical composition can be contained within a lipid particle or vesicle, such as a liposome or microcrystal, which is also suitable for parenteral administration. The particles can be of any suitable structure, such as unilamellar or plurilamellar, so long as compositions are contained therein. Compounds can be entrapped in “stabilized plasmid-lipid particles” (SPLP) containing the fusogenic lipid dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), low levels (5-10 mol %) of cationic lipid, and stabilized by a polyethyleneglycol (PEG) coating (Zhang Y. P. et ah, Gene Ther. 1999, 6: 1438-47). Positively charged lipids such as N-[1-(2,3-dioleoyloxi)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethyl-amoniummethylsulfate, or “DOTAP,” are particularly preferred for such particles and vesicles. The preparation of such lipid particles is well known. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,880,635; 4,906,477; 4,911,928; 4,917,951; 4,920,016; and 4,921,757; each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
The pharmaceutical composition described herein can be administered or packaged as a unit dose, for example. The term “unit dose” when used in reference to a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosage for the subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required diluent; i.e., carrier, or vehicle.
Further, the pharmaceutical composition can be provided as a pharmaceutical kit comprising (a) a container containing a compound of the invention in lyophilized form and (b) a second container containing a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent (e.g., sterile used for reconstitution or dilution of the lyophilized compound of the invention. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
In another aspect, an article of manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment of the diseases described above is included. In some embodiments, the article of manufacture comprises a container and a label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. In some embodiments, the container holds a composition that is effective for treating a disease described herein and can have a sterile access port. For example, the container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle. The active agent in the composition is a compound of the invention. In some embodiments, the label on or associated with the container indicates that the composition is used for treating the disease of choice. The article of manufacture can further comprise a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, or dextrose solution. It can further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins, gRNAs, and/or complexes described herein are provided as part of a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the fusion proteins provided herein. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the complexes provided herein. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a ribonucleoprotein complex comprising an RNA-guided nuclease (e.g., Cas9) that forms a complex with a gRNA and a cationic lipid. In some embodiments pharmaceutical composition comprises a gRNA, a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein, a cationic lipid, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Pharmaceutical compositions can optionally comprise one or more additional therapeutically active substances.
Provided also are methods of treating A1AD and/or the genetic mutations in SERPINA1 that cause A1AD that comprise administering to a subject (e.g., a mammal, such as a human) a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a polynucleotide encoding a base editor system (e.g., base editor and gRNA) described herein. In some embodiments, the base editor is a fusion protein that comprises a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and an adenosine deaminase domain or a cytidine deaminase domain. A cell of the subject is transduced with the base editor and one or more guide polynucleotides that target the base editor to effect an A⋅T to G⋅C alteration (if the cell is transduced with an adenosine deaminase domain) or a CG to UA alteration (if the cell is transduced with a cytidine deaminase domain) of a nucleic acid sequence containing mutations in the SERPINA1 gene.
The methods herein include administering to the subject (including a subject identified as being in need of such treatment, or a subject suspected of being at risk of disease and in need of such treatment) an effective amount of a composition described herein. Identifying a subject in need of such treatment can be in the judgment of a subject or a health care professional and can be subjective (e.g. opinion) or objective (e.g. measurable by a test or diagnostic method).
The therapeutic methods, in general, comprise administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising, for example, a vector encoding a base editor and a gRNA that targets the SERPINA1 gene of a subject (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof. Such treatment will be suitably administered to a subject, particularly a human subject, suffering from, having, susceptible to, or at risk for A1AD. The compositions herein may be also used in the treatment of any other disorders in which A1AD may be implicated.
In one embodiment, a method of monitoring treatment progress is provided. The method includes the step of determining a level of diagnostic marker (Marker) (e.g., SNP associated with MAD) or diagnostic measurement (e.g., screen, assay) in a subject suffering from or susceptible to a disorder or symptoms thereof associated with A1AD in which the subject has been administered a therapeutic amount of a composition herein sufficient to treat the disease or symptoms thereof. The level of Marker determined in the method can be compared to known levels of Marker in either healthy normal controls or in other afflicted patients to establish the subject's disease status. In preferred embodiments, a second level of Marker in the subject is determined at a time point later than the determination of the first level, and the two levels are compared to monitor the course of disease or the efficacy of the therapy. In certain preferred embodiments, a pre-treatment level of Marker in the subject is determined prior to beginning treatment according to this invention; this pre-treatment level of Marker can then be compared to the level of Marker in the subject after the treatment commences, to determine the efficacy of the treatment.
In some embodiments, compositions provided herein are administered to a subject, for example, to a human subject, in order to effect a targeted genomic modification within the subject. In some embodiments, cells are obtained from the subject and contacted with any of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein. In some embodiments, cells removed from a subject and contacted ex vivo with a pharmaceutical composition are re-introduced into the subject, optionally after the desired genomic modification has been effected or detected in the cells. Methods of delivering pharmaceutical compositions comprising nucleases are known, and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,453,242; 6,503,717; 6,534,261; 6,599,692; 6,607,882; 6,689,558; 6,824,978; 6,933,113; 6,979,539; 7,013,219; and 7,163,824, the disclosures of all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals or organisms of all sorts, for example, for veterinary use.
Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation. Subjects to which administration of the pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and/or other primates; mammals, domesticated animals, pets, and commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, dogs, mice, and/or rats; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys.
Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient(s) into association with an excipient and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose unit. Pharmaceutical formulations can additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, which, as used herein, includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition, A. R. Gennaro (Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md., 2006; incorporated in its entirety herein by reference) discloses various excipients used in formulating pharmaceutical compositions and known techniques for the preparation thereof. See also PCT application PCT/US2010/055131 (Publication number WO2011/053982 A8, filed Nov. 2, 2010), incorporated in its entirety herein by reference, for additional suitable methods, reagents, excipients and solvents for producing pharmaceutical compositions comprising a nuclease.
Except insofar as any conventional excipient medium is incompatible with a substance or its derivatives, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect or otherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any other component(s) of the pharmaceutical composition, its use is contemplated to be within the scope of this disclosure.
The compositions, as described above, can be administered in effective amounts. The effective amount will depend upon the mode of administration, the particular condition being treated, and the desired outcome. It may also depend upon the stage of the condition, the age and physical condition of the subject, the nature of concurrent therapy, if any, and like factors well-known to the medical practitioner. For therapeutic applications, it is that amount sufficient to achieve a medically desirable result.
In some embodiments, compositions in accordance with the present disclosure can be used for treatment of any of a variety of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions, including but not limited to one or more of the following: autoimmune disorders (e.g., diabetes, lupus, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis); inflammatory disorders (e.g., arthritis, pelvic inflammatory disease); infectious diseases (e.g., viral infections (e.g., HIV, HCV, RSV), bacterial infections, fungal infections, sepsis); neurological disorders (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease; autism; Duchenne muscular dystrophy); cardiovascular disorders (e.g., atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia, thrombosis, clotting disorders, angiogenic disorders such as macular degeneration); proliferative disorders (e.g., cancer, benign neoplasms); respiratory disorders (e.g., chronic obstructive pulmonary disease); digestive disorders (e.g., inflammatory bowel disease, ulcers); musculoskeletal disorders (e.g., fibromyalgia, arthritis); endocrine, metabolic, and nutritional disorders (e.g., diabetes, osteoporosis); urological disorders (e.g., renal disease); psychological disorders (e.g., depression, schizophrenia); skin disorders (e.g., wounds, eczema); blood and lymphatic disorders (e.g., anemia, hemophilia); etc.
Various aspects of this disclosure provide kits comprising a base editor system. In one embodiment, the kit comprises a nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a nucleobase editor fusion protein. The fusion protein comprises a deaminase (e.g., cytidine deaminase or adenine deaminase) and a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp). In some embodiments, the kit comprises at least one guide RNA capable of targeting a nucleic acid molecule of interest, e.g., A1AD-associated mutations. In some embodiments, the kit comprises a nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding at least one guide RNA.
The kit provides, in some embodiments, instructions for using the kit to edit one or more A1AD-associated mutations. The instructions will generally include information about the use of the kit for editing nucleic acid molecules. In other embodiments, the instructions include at least one of the following: precautions; warnings; clinical studies; and/or references. The instructions may be printed directly on the container (when present), or as a label applied to the container, or as a separate sheet, pamphlet, card, or folder supplied in or with the container. In a further embodiment, a kit can comprise instructions in the form of a label or separate insert (package insert) for suitable operational parameters. In yet another embodiment, the kit can comprise one or more containers with appropriate positive and negative controls or control samples, to be used as standard(s) for detection, calibration, or normalization. The kit can further comprise a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as (sterile) phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, or dextrose solution. It can further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
In certain embodiments, the kit is useful for the treatment of a subject having Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD).
The following numbered additional embodiments encompassing the methods and compositions of the base editor systems and uses are envisioned herein:
The following examples are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the scope of the claims provided herein.
Novel CRISPR systems and PAM variants enable the base editors to make precise corrections at a target SNP. Several novel PAM variants have been evaluated and validated. Details of PAM evaluations and base editors are described, for example, in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Alpha-1 antitrypsin (A1A or A1AT) is a protease inhibitor encoded by the SERPINA1 gene on chromosome 14. This glycoprotein is synthesized mainly in the liver and is secreted into the blood, with serum concentrations of 1.5-3.0 g/L (20-52 μmon) in healthy adults (
Over 100 genetic variants of the SERPINA1 gene have been described, but not all are associated with disease. The alphabetic designation of these variants is based on their speed of migration on gel electrophoresis. The most common variant is the M (medium mobility) allele, and the two most frequent deficiency alleles are PiS and PiZ (the latter having the slowest rate of migration). Several mutations have been described that produce no measurable serum protein; these are referred to as “null” alleles. The most common genotype is MM, which produces normal serum levels of alpha-1 antitrypsin. Most people with severe deficiency are homozygous for the Z allele (ZZ). The Z protein misfolds and polymerizes during its production in the endoplasmic reticulum of hepatocytes; these abnormal polymers are trapped in the liver, greatly reducing the serum levels of alpha-1 antitrypsin. The liver disease seen in patients with alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency is caused by the accumulation of abnormal alpha-1 antitrypsin protein in hepatocytes and the consequent cellular responses, including autophagy, the endoplasmic reticulum stress response and apoptosis.
Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (A1AD) is most common in caucasians, and it most frequently affects the lungs and liver. In the lungs, the most common manifestation is early-onset (patients in their 30s and 40s) panacinar emphysema most pronounced in the lung bases. However, diffuse or upper lobe emphysema can occur, as can bronchiectasis. The most frequently described symptoms include dyspnea, wheezing and cough. Pulmonary function testing of affected individuals shows findings consistent with COPD; however, bronchodilator responsiveness may be observed and may be misdiagnosed as asthma.
Liver disease caused by the ZZ genotype manifests in various ways. Affected infants can present in the newborn period with cholestatic jaundice, sometimes with acholic stools (pale or clay-coloured) and hepatomegaly. Conjugated bilirubin, transaminases and gamma-glutamyl transferase levels in blood are elevated. Liver disease in older children and adults can present with an incidental finding of elevated transaminases or with signs of established cirrhosis, including variceal hemorrhage or ascites. Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency also predisposes patients to hepatocellular carcinoma. Although the homozygous ZZ genotype is necessary for liver disease to develop, a heterozygous Z mutation can act as a genetic modifier for other diseases by conferring a greater risk of more severe liver disease, such as in hepatitis C infection and cystic fibrosis liver disease.
The two most common clinical variants of A1AD are the E264V (PiS) and E342K (PiZ) alleles. More than half of A1AD patients harbor at least one copy of the mutation E342K. Nuclease genome editing via homology directed repair (HDR) is inefficient, and the abundant indels will lower circulating levels and worsen lung symptoms. Gene therapy via AAV to liver worsens liver pathology due to additional misfolded protein. AAVs encoding both wild-type A1AT and siRNA that knocks down E342K A1AT show promise for addressing both pathologies.
Base editing efficiency of various SNPs in different genes was tested in HEK298T cells (Table 7). For plasmid transfections, HEK293T cells were transiently transfected with Mirus TransIT293, which is a high efficiency, low toxicity DNA transfection reagent optimized for HEK293 cells, in a 3 μl:1 μg ratio using 250 ng of gRNA plasmid and 750 ng of base editor plasmid. For mRNA transfections, HEK293T cells were electroporated with 3 μg of total RNA using the Neon System at 1150V using two 20 ms pulses. After four days for plasmid transfections and two days for RNA electroporation, genomic DNA was extracted from the cells with a simple lysis buffer containing 0.05% SDS, 25 μg/ml proteinase K, 10 mM Tris pH 8.0, followed by heat inactivation at 85° C. Genomic sites were PCR amplified and sequenced on a MiSeq. Results were analyzed as has been described for base frequencies at each position and for percent indels. For example, the details of indel calculations are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see, Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Mucopoly-
saccharidosis 1
Homocystinuria
Homocystinuria
HEK293T cells that contained an integrated lentiviral cassette of the PiZ ORF expressing a A1AT variant containing E342K (HEK293T-E342K) were transfected with plasmids expressing variant ABEs using Lipo2000. Following transfection, base editing in A1AT was characterized. This approach identified a number of improved ABEs, including Var-3, which has the following amino acid sequence:
HEK293T-E342K were transfected by Neon electroporation using 2.5 μg Var-3 ABE mRNA and 1000 ng gRNA 191 length 20 nt.
The gRNA backbone provided as sgRNA for spCas9 base editors is as follows:
The gRNAs useful in the methods of the invention include the following:
Editing with mRNA and sgRNA was primarily unlinked at A5 and A7. The Var-3 ABE vastly outperformed other variant ABEs and resulted in a total beneficial correction of more than 35% (A7 only=WT)+(A5+A7=WT+D341G—no change in secretion).
Synthego gRNAs and mRNA for ABE Var-3 were transfected into HEK293T-E342K using the Neon System in duplicate. gRNAs having target complementary lengths of 18 and 19 nucleotides yielded a better ratio of editing at the desired A7 position compared with the A5 position (
The 18 and 19 nucleotide gRNAs and ABE Var-3 are tested for their ability to correct E342K mutations in induced pluripotent stem cell-derived E342 hepatocytes and in a PiZZ mouse model. SpCas9 mutants having altered PAM binding specificities were generated using NGC PAM evolution (
Glycogen Storage Disorder Type 1 (also known as GSD1 or Von Gierke Disease) is an inherited disorder that results in a deficiency in glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis, with accumulation of glycogen in tissues, causing severe hypoglycemia and lactic acidosis with potential CNS damage. About one in 100,000 newborns in the United States are born with GSD1.
There are two types of GSD1, Type 1a (GSD1a) and Type 1b (GSD1b), which are caused by different genetic mutations. GSD1a is caused by a mutation in glucose-6-phosphatase (G6PC) and affects about 80% of patients with GSD1. About 25% of Caucasian patients carry the recessive mutation Q347*. Current treatment regimen involves regular or continuous cornstarch feeding between meals (amylase converts starch directly to glucose).
There is a direct correction of Q347* to restore expression of G6PC and normalize glucose metabolism. Base editors may be used for the correction of Q347X by efficiently converting A>G at a targeted site. A representative target site (highlighted) is shown in
In Vitro Transfection of iPSc-Derived Hepatocytes Harboring the Q347X Mutation
Base editing was tested using an in vitro transfection method in iPSc-derived hepatocytes (Definigen, Lot 00419 F 002). The GSD1a iPSc-derived hepatocytes are compound heterozygous (Q347X/G222R) and harbor the Q347X mutation. GSD1a cells were plated and allowed to mature.
As shown in
Representative base editing precise correction data of G6PC Q347X for GSD1a is shown in
The above target/insert sequence contains two “a” nucleobases corresponding to bystander (shown in italic and underlining) and on target (shown in bold and underlining).
The targeted/insert sequence for G6PC using NGA PAM is shown below:
The above target/insert sequence contains two “a” nucleobases corresponding to bystander (shown in italic and underlining) and on target (shown in bold and underlining).
The NGA PAM gRNA 272 yielded >40% precise correction of Q347X in HEK293T cells with low indels and no detectable bystander V384A (
In
A-to-G Conversion Efficiency for ABE Variants in Patient iPSc-Derived Hepatocytes
The A-to-G conversion efficiency was tested for ABE variants in G6PC Q347X patient iPSc-derived hepatocytes. mRNA variants were generated (TriLink pBxt464, MSP464, MSP465, MSP471) and transfected into GSD1a patient iPSc-derived hepatocytes on Day 12 of culture. On Day 14, the cells were harvested for gDNA isolation and PAS staining was conducted.
The targeted/insert sequence for G6PC using GGA PAM is shown below:
The above target/insert sequence contains two “a” nucleobases corresponding to bystander (shown in italic and underlining) and on target (shown in bold and underlining).
The percent of base editing correction efficiency of Q347X was similar among the mRNA variants with about 10% A-to-G conversion efficiency for the heterozygous sequence (
Mucopolysaccharidosis type 1 (also known as MPS1 or Hurler Syndrome) is a rare autosomal recessive lysosomal storage disorder that occurs in about one in 200,000 births. MPS1 is characterized by skeletal abnormalities, cognitive impairment, heart disease, respiratory problems, enlarged liver and spleen, and reduced life expectancy. MPS1 is caused by mutations in alpha-L-iduronidase gene (IDUA), leading to deficiency of alpha-L-iduronidase, which is essential for the breakdown of glycosaminoglycans in lysosomes.
The amino acid sequence of a representative mouse alpha-L-iduronidase (IDUA) protein, found under NCBI Reference Sequence No. NP_032351.2, is provided below:
A representative mouse alpha-L-iduronidase (IDUA) nucleic acid sequence, found under NCBI Reference Sequence No. NM_008325.4 is provided below:
The amino acid sequence of a representative human alpha-L-iduronidase (IDUA) protein, found under NCBI Reference Sequence No. NP_000194.2, is provided below:
A representative human alpha-L-iduronidase (IDUA) nucleic acid sequence, found under NCBI Reference Sequence No. NM_000203, is provided below:
Base editing was tested in the HEK293T cell line with mouse and human IDUA target sequences (
The above mouse target/insert sequence contains an “a” nucleobase (shown in bold and underlining), while the mouse IDUA gene sequence contains a “g” nucleobase at position 1627 of the IDUA sequence.
The targeted/insert sequence in the human IDUA polynucleotide sequence is shown below and corresponds to nucleic acids 1231-1324-of the human IDUA gene sequence shown above.
The above human target/insert sequence contains an “a” nucleobase (shown in bold and underlining), while the human IDUA gene sequence contains a “g” nucleobase at position 1246 of the IDUA sequence.
For plasmid transfections, HEK293T cells were transfected with 250 ng of gRNA plasmid and 750 ng of base editor plasmid at 30,000 cells per well of a 48-well plate. The base editor SpCas9-ABE7.10 was used having the NGG PAM sequence. The mouse gRNA sequence is shown below and contains an “a” nucleobase (shown in bold and underlining):
The human gRNA sequence is shown below and contains an “a” nucleobase (shown in bold and underlining):
The results provided in the Examples described herein were obtained using the following materials and methods.
DNA sequences of target polynucleotides and gRNAs and primers used are described herein. For gRNAs, the following scaffold sequence is presented: GUUUUAGAGC UAGAAAUAGC AAGUUAAAAU AAGGCUAGUC CGUUAUCAAC UUGAAAAAGU GGCACCGAGU CGGUGCUUUU (SEQ ID NO: 2). This scaffold was used for the PAMs shown in the tables herein, e.g., NGG, NGA, NGC, NGT PAMs; the gRNA encompasses the scaffold sequence and the spacer sequence (target sequence) for disease-associated genes (e.g., Tables 3A and 3B) as provided herein or as determined based on the knowledge of the skilled practitioner and as would be understood to the skilled practitioner in the art. (See, e.g., Komor, A C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); Komor, A C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), and Rees, H. A., et al., “Base editing: precision chemistry on the genome and transcriptome of living cells.” Nat Rev Genet. 2018 December; 19(12):770-788. doi: 10.1038/s41576-018-0059-1).
PCR was performed using VeraSeq ULtra DNA polymerase (Enzymatics), or Q5 Hot Start High-Fidelity DNA Polymerase (New England Biolabs). Base Editor (BE) plasmids were constructed using USER cloning (New England Biolabs). Deaminase genes were synthesized as gBlocks Gene Fragments (Integrated DNA Technologies). Cas9 genes used are listed below. Cas9 genes were obtained from previously reported plasmids. Deaminase and fusion genes were cloned into pCMV (mammalian codon-optimized) or pET28b (E. coli codon-optimized) backbones. sgRNA expression plasmids were constructed using site-directed mutagenesis.
Briefly, the primers listed herein above were 5′ phosphorylated using T4 Polynucleotide Kinase (New England Biolabs) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Next, PCR was performed using Q5 Hot Start High-Fidelity Polymerase (New England Biolabs) with the phosphorylated primers and the plasmid encoding a gene of interest as a template according to the manufacturer's instructions. PCR products were incubated with DpnI (20 U, New England Biolabs) at 37° C. for 1 hour, purified on a QIAprep spin column (Qiagen), and ligated using QuickLigase (New England Biolabs) according to the manufacturer's instructions. DNA vector amplification was carried out using Mach1 competent cells (ThermoFisher Scientific).
In Vitro Deaminase Assay on ssDNA.
Sequences of all ssDNA substrates are provided below. All Cy3-labelled substrates were obtained from Integrated DNA Technologies (IDT). Deaminases were expressed in vitro using the TNT T7 Quick Coupled Transcription/Translation Kit (Promega) according to the manufacturer's instructions using 1 μg of plasmid. Following protein expression, 5 μl of lysate was combined with 35 μl of ssDNA (1.8 μM) and USER enzyme (1 unit) in CutSmart buffer (New England Biolabs) (50 mM potassium acetate, 29 mM Tris-acetate, 10 mM magnesium acetate, 100 μg ml-1 BSA, pH 7.9) and incubated at 37° C. for 2 h. Cleaved U-containing substrates were resolved from full-length unmodified substrates on a 10% TBE-urea gel (Bio-Rad).
Expression and Purification of His6-rAPOBEC1-Linker—dCas9 Fusions.
E. coli BL21 STAR (DE3)-competent cells (ThermoFisher Scientific) were transformed with plasmids (e.g. plasmids encoding pET28b-His6-rAPOBEC1-linker-dCas9). The resulting expression strains were grown overnight in Luria-Bertani (LB) broth containing 100 μg ml-1 of kanamycin at 37° C. The cells were diluted 1:100 into the same growth medium and grown at 37° C. to OD600=˜0.6. The culture was cooled to 4° C. over a period of 2 h, and isopropyl-β-d-1-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) was added at 0.5 mM to induce protein expression. After ˜16 h, the cells were collected by centrifugation at 4,000 g and were resuspended in lysis buffer (50 mM tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane (Tris)-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 M NaCl, 20% glycerol, 10 mM tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine (TCEP, Soltec Ventures)). The cells were lysed by sonication (20 s pulse-on, 20 s pulse-off for 8 min total at 6 W output) and the lysate supernatant was isolated following centrifugation at 25,000 g for 15 minutes. The lysate was incubated with His-Pur nickel-nitriloacetic acid (nickel-NTA) resin (ThermoFisher Scientific) at 4° C. for 1 hour to capture the His-tagged fusion protein. The resin was transferred to a column and washed with 40 ml of lysis buffer. The His-tagged fusion protein was eluted in lysis buffer supplemented with 285 mM imidazole, and concentrated by ultrafiltration (Amicon-Millipore, 100-kDa molecular weight cut-off) to 1 ml total volume. The protein was diluted to 20 ml in low-salt purification buffer containing 50 mM tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane (Tris)-HCl (pH 7.0), 0.1 M NaCl, 20% glycerol, 10 mM TCEP and loaded onto SP Sepharose Fast Flow resin (GE Life Sciences). The resin was washed with 40 ml of this low-salt buffer, and the protein eluted with 5 ml of activity buffer containing 50 mM tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane (Tris)-HCl (pH 7.0), 0.5 M NaCl, 20% glycerol, 10 mM TCEP. The eluted proteins were quantified by SDS-PAGE. In vitro transcription of sgRNAs.
Linear DNA fragments containing the T7 promoter followed by the 20-bp sgRNA target sequence were transcribed in vitro using the TranscriptAid T7 High Yield Transcription Kit (ThermoFisher Scientific) according to the manufacturer's instructions. sgRNA products were purified using the MEGAclear Kit (ThermoFisher Scientific) according to the manufacturer's instructions and quantified by UV absorbance.
Preparation of Cy3-Conjugated dsDNA Substrates.
Typically, unlabeled sequence strands (e.g. sequences of 80-nt unlabelled strands) were ordered as PAGE-purified oligonucleotides from IDT. A 25-nt Cy3-labelled primer complementary to the 3′ end of each 80-nt substrate was ordered as an HPLC-purified oligonucleotide from IDT. To generate the Cy3-labelled dsDNA substrates, the 80-nt strands (5 μl of a 100 μM solution) were combined with the Cy3-labelled primer (5 μl of a 100 μM solution) in NEBuffer 2 (38.25 μl of a 50 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris-HCl, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM DTT, pH 7.9 solution, New England Biolabs) with dNTPs (0.75 μl of a 100 mM solution) and heated to 95° C. for 5 min, followed by a gradual cooling to 45° C. at a rate of 0.1° C. per s. After this annealing period, Klenow exo-(5 U, New England Biolabs) was added and the reaction was incubated at 37° C. for 1 h. The solution was diluted with buffer PB (250 μl, Qiagen) and isopropanol (50 μl) and purified on a QIAprep spin column (Qiagen), eluting with 50 μl of Tris buffer. Deaminase assay on dsDNA. The purified fusion protein (20 μl of 1.9 μM in activity buffer) was combined with 1 equivalent of appropriate sgRNA and incubated at ambient temperature for 5 min. The Cy3-labelled dsDNA substrate was added to final concentration of 125 nM and the resulting solution was incubated at 37° C. for 2 h. The dsDNA was separated from the fusion by the addition of buffer PB (100 μl, Qiagen) and isopropanol (25 μl) and purified on a EconoSpin micro spin column (Epoch Life Science), eluting with 20 μl of CutSmart buffer (New England Biolabs). USER enzyme (1 U, New England Biolabs) was added to the purified, edited dsDNA and incubated at 37° C. for 1 h. The Cy3-labeled strand was fully denatured from its complement by combining 5 μl of the reaction solution with 15 μl of a DMSO-based loading buffer (5 mM Tris, 0.5 mM EDTA, 12.5% glycerol, 0.02% bromophenol blue, 0.02% xylene cyan, 80% DMSO). The full-length C-containing substrate was separated from any cleaved, U-containing edited substrates on a 10% TBE-urea gel (Bio-Rad) and imaged on a GE Amersham Typhoon imager.
Preparation of In Vitro-Edited dsDNA for High-Throughput Sequencing.
Oligonucleotides were obtained from IDT. Complementary sequences were combined (5 μl of a 100 μM solution) in Tris buffer and annealed by heating to 95° C. for 5 min, followed by a gradual cooling to 45° C. at a rate of 0.1° C. per s to generate 60-bp dsDNA substrates. Purified fusion protein (20 μl of 1.9 μM in activity buffer) was combined with 1 equivalent of appropriate sgRNA and incubated at ambient temperature for 5 min. The 60-mer dsDNA substrate was added to final concentration of 125 nM, and the resulting solution was incubated at 37° C. for 2 h. The dsDNA was separated from the fusion by the addition of buffer PB (100 μl, Qiagen) and isopropanol (25 μl) and purified on a EconoSpin micro spin column (Epoch Life Science), eluting with 20 μl of Tris buffer. The resulting edited DNA (1 μl was used as a template) was amplified by PCR using high-throughput sequencing primer pairs and VeraSeq Ultra (Enzymatics) according to the manufacturer's instructions with 13 cycles of amplification. PCR reaction products were purified using RapidTips (Diffinity Genomics), and the purified DNA was amplified by PCR with primers containing sequencing adapters, purified, and sequenced on a MiSeq high-throughput DNA sequencer (Illumina) as previously described.
HEK293T (ATCC CRL-3216) and U2OS (ATCC HTB-96) were maintained in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium plus GlutaMax (ThermoFisher) supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FBS), at 37° C. with 5% CO2. HCC1954 cells (ATCC CRL-2338) were maintained in RPMI-1640 medium (ThermoFisher Scientific) supplemented as described above. Immortalized cells containing the gene of interest (e.g. SERPINA1, G6PC, IDUA, etc.) (Taconic Biosciences) were cultured in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium plus GlutaMax (ThermoFisher Scientific) supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 200 μg ml-1 Geneticin (ThermoFisher Scientific).
HEK293T cells were seeded on 48-well collagen-coated BioCoat plates (Corning) and transfected at approximately 85% confluency. Briefly, 750 ng of BE and 250 ng of sgRNA expression plasmids were transfected using 1.5 μl of Lipofectamine 2000 (ThermoFisher Scientific) per well according to the manufacturer's protocol. HEK293T cells were transfected using appropriate Amaxa Nucleofector II programs according to manufacturer's instructions (V kits using program Q-001 for HEK293T cells).
Transfected cells were harvested after 3 days and the genomic DNA was isolated using the Agencourt DNAdvance Genomic DNA Isolation Kit (Beckman Coulter) according to the manufacturer's instructions. On-target and off-target genomic regions of interest were amplified by PCR with flanking high-throughput sequencing primer pair. PCR amplification was carried out with Phusion high-fidelity DNA polymerase (ThermoFisher) according to the manufacturer's instructions using 5 ng of genomic DNA as a template. Cycle numbers were determined separately for each primer pair as to ensure the reaction was stopped in the linear range of amplification. PCR products were purified using RapidTips (Diffinity Genomics). Purified DNA was amplified by PCR with primers containing sequencing adaptors. The products were gel purified and quantified using the Quant-iT PicoGreen dsDNA Assay Kit (ThermoFisher) and KAPA Library Quantification Kit-Illumina (KAPA Biosystems). Samples were sequenced on an Illumina MiSeq as previously described (Pattanayak, Nature Biotechnol. 31, 839-843 (2013)).
Sequencing reads were automatically demultiplexed using MiSeq Reporter (Illumina), and individual FASTQ files were analysed with a custom Matlab. Each read was pairwise aligned to the appropriate reference sequence using the Smith-Waterman algorithm. Base calls with a Q-score below 31 were replaced with Ns and were thus excluded in calculating nucleotide frequencies. This treatment yields an expected MiSeq base-calling error rate of approximately 1 in 1,000. Aligned sequences in which the read and reference sequence contained no gaps were stored in an alignment table from which base frequencies could be tabulated for each locus. Indel frequencies were quantified with a custom Matlab script using previously described criteria (Zuris, et al., Nature Biotechnol. 33, 73-80 (2015). Sequencing reads were scanned for exact matches to two 10-bp sequences that flank both sides of a window in which indels might occur. If no exact matches were located, the read was excluded from analysis. If the length of this indel window exactly matched the reference sequence the read was classified as not containing an indel. If the indel window was two or more bases longer or shorter than the reference sequence, then the sequencing read was classified as an insertion or deletion, respectively.
Table 8 below presents a representative list of wild-type and variant (E342K) SERPINA1-encoded amino acid sequences and open reading frame (ORF) nucleic acid sequences of the wild-type and variant (E342K) SERPINA1 polynucleotides as utilized in the described embodiments.
This application is the U.S. national phase application, pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 371, of PCT International Application No.: PCT/US2019/031898, filed May 11, 2019, designating the United States and published in English, which claims priority to and benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/670,588, filed May 11, 2018, U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/780,838, filed Dec. 17, 2018 and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/817,986, filed Mar. 13, 2019, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
| Filing Document | Filing Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2019/031898 | 5/11/2019 | WO |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 62670588 | May 2018 | US | |
| 62780838 | Dec 2018 | US | |
| 62817986 | Mar 2019 | US |
